summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--19395-8.txt2310
-rw-r--r--19395-8.zipbin0 -> 44196 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h.zipbin0 -> 2037461 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/19395-h.htm2760
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_01.jpgbin0 -> 88145 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_02.jpgbin0 -> 35752 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_03.jpgbin0 -> 54590 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_04.jpgbin0 -> 60896 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_05.jpgbin0 -> 39342 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_06.jpgbin0 -> 35290 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_07.jpgbin0 -> 51317 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_08.jpgbin0 -> 59949 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_09.jpgbin0 -> 38686 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_10.jpgbin0 -> 43080 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_11.jpgbin0 -> 46077 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_12.jpgbin0 -> 51449 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_13.jpgbin0 -> 34670 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_14.jpgbin0 -> 36365 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_15.jpgbin0 -> 88912 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_16.jpgbin0 -> 77434 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_17.jpgbin0 -> 49261 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_18.jpgbin0 -> 23005 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_19.jpgbin0 -> 39252 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_20.jpgbin0 -> 56147 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_21.jpgbin0 -> 28610 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_22.jpgbin0 -> 58935 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_23.jpgbin0 -> 24897 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_24.jpgbin0 -> 41941 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_25.jpgbin0 -> 84128 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_26.jpgbin0 -> 50432 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_27.jpgbin0 -> 55742 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_28.jpgbin0 -> 53926 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_29.jpgbin0 -> 74716 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_30.jpgbin0 -> 48150 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_31.jpgbin0 -> 58398 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_32.jpgbin0 -> 39793 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_33.jpgbin0 -> 47222 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_34.jpgbin0 -> 33664 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_35.jpgbin0 -> 31832 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_36.jpgbin0 -> 23478 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_37.jpgbin0 -> 40676 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_38.jpgbin0 -> 28225 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_39.jpgbin0 -> 67045 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_40.jpgbin0 -> 54147 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395-h/images/fig_41.jpgbin0 -> 39454 bytes
-rw-r--r--19395.txt2310
-rw-r--r--19395.zipbin0 -> 44171 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
50 files changed, 7396 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/19395-8.txt b/19395-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb5ee0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2310 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The New Heavens
+
+Author: George Ellery Hale
+
+Release Date: September 28, 2006 [EBook #19395]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 1. The Constellation of Orion (Hubble).
+
+Photographed with a small camera lens of 1 inch aperture and 5
+inches focal length. The three bright stars in the centre of the
+picture form the belt of Orion. Just below, in the sword handle, is
+an irregular white patch about one-eighth of an inch in diameter.
+This is a small-scale image of the great nebula in Orion, shown
+on a larger scale in Fig. 2.]
+
+
+
+
+THE NEW HEAVENS
+
+
+BY
+
+GEORGE ELLERY HALE
+
+DIRECTOR OF THE MOUNT WILSON OBSERVATORY OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION
+OF WASHINGTON
+
+WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+NEW YORK
+
+CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+
+1922
+
+
+
+
+TO MY WIFE
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+Fourteen years ago, in a book entitled "The Study of Stellar Evolution"
+(University of Chicago Press, 1908), I attempted to give in untechnical
+language an account of some modern methods of astrophysical research.
+This book is now out of print, and the rapid progress of science has
+left it completely out of date. As I have found no opportunity to
+prepare a new edition, or to write another book of similar purpose,
+I have adopted the simpler expedient of contributing occasional
+articles on recent developments to _Scribner's Magazine_, three
+of which are included in the present volume.
+
+I am chiefly indebted, for the illustrations, to the Mount Wilson
+Observatory and the present and former members of its staff whose
+names appear in the captions. Special thanks are due to Mr. Ferdinand
+Ellerman, who made all of the photographs of the observatory buildings
+and instruments, and prepared all material for reproduction. The
+cut of the original Cavendish apparatus is copied from the
+_Philosophical Transactions for 1798_ with the kind permission
+of the Royal Society, and I am also indebted to the Royal Society
+and to Professor Fowler and Father Cortie for the privilege of
+reproducing from the _Proceedings_ two illustrations of their
+spectroscopic results.
+
+G. E. H.
+
+January, 1922.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER
+ I. THE NEW HEAVENS
+ II. GIANT STARS
+ III. COSMIC CRUCIBLES
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+FIG.
+ 1. The Constellation of Orion (Hubble)
+ 2. The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease)
+ 3. Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson, showing the observatory
+ buildings among the trees and bushes
+ 4. The 100-inch Hooker telescope
+ 5. Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch telescope
+ 6. Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope, ready to leave Pasadena
+ for Mount Wilson
+ 7. Section of a steel girder for dome covering the 100-inch telescope,
+ on its way up Mount Wilson
+ 8. Erecting the steel building and revolving dome that cover the Hooker
+ telescope
+ 9. Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in diameter, covering the
+ 100-inch Hooker telescope
+ 10. One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered, rising out of the
+ silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower end of telescope
+ tube. (Seen above)
+ 11. The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause the 100-inch Hooker
+ telescope to follow the stars
+ 12. Large irregular nebula and star cluster in Sagittarius (Duncan)
+ 13. Faint spiral nebula in the constellation of the Hunting Dogs (Pease)
+ 14. Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on (Ritchey)
+ 15. Photograph of the moon made on September 15, 1919, with the 100-inch
+ Hooker telescope (Pease)
+ 16. Photograph of the moon made on September 15, 1919, with the 100-inch
+ Hooker telescope (Pease)
+ 17. Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few nebulę known to vary in
+ brightness and form
+ 18. Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with the 60-inch (Ritchey) and
+ 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes
+ 19. Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb, 140,000 miles high (Ellerman)
+ 20. The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from a direct photograph showing
+ many sun-spots (Whitney)
+ 21. Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917 (Whitney)
+ 22. Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of the sun (Ellerman)
+ 23. Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, and path of
+ the two pencils of light from a star when under observation with the
+ 20-foot Michelson interferometer
+ 24. Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for measuring star diameters,
+ attached to upper end of the skeleton tube of the 100-inch Hooker
+ telescope
+ 25. The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle), familiar as the conspicuous
+ red star in the right shoulder of Orion (Hubble)
+ 26. Arcturus (within the white circle), known to the Arabs as the "Lance
+ Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great Horn" or the "Palace of the
+ Emperors" (Hubble)
+ 27. The giant star Antares (within the white circle), notable for its red
+ color in the constellation Scorpio, and named by the Greeks "A Rival
+ of Mars" (Hubble)
+ 28. Diameters of the Sun, Arcturus, Betelgeuse, and Antares compared with
+ the orbit of Mars
+ 29. Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades), was also known to the Arabs
+ as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart of the Bull," and "The Great
+ Camel" (Hubble)
+ 30. Solar prominences, photographed with the spectroheliograph without an
+ eclipse (Ellerman)
+ 31. The 150-foot tower telescope of the Mount Wilson Observatory
+ 32. Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson Observatory
+ 33. Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen atmosphere (Benioff)
+ 34. Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic field (Bacock)
+ 35. Electric furnace in the Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+ Observatory
+ 36. Titanium oxide in red stars
+ 37. Titanium oxide in sun-spots
+ 38. The Cavendish experiment
+ 39. The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius (Ritchey)
+ 40. Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey)
+ 41. Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount Wilson
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE NEW HEAVENS
+
+Go out under the open sky, on a clear and moon-less night, and try
+to count the stars. If your station lies well beyond the glare of
+cities, which is often strong enough to conceal all but the brighter
+objects, you will find the task a difficult one. Ranging through
+the six magnitudes of the Greek astronomers, from the brilliant
+Sirius to the faintest perceptible points of light, the stars are
+scattered in great profusion over the celestial vault. Their number
+seems limitless, yet actual count will show that the eye has been
+deceived. In a survey of the entire heavens, from pole to pole,
+it would not be possible to detect more than from six to seven
+thousand stars with the naked eye. From a single viewpoint, even
+with the keenest vision, only two or three thousand can be seen.
+So many of these are at the limit of visibility that Ptolemy's
+"Almagest," a catalogue of all the stars whose places were measured
+with the simple instruments of the Greek astronomers, contains
+only 1,022 stars.
+
+Back of Ptolemy, through the speculations of the Greek philosophers,
+the mysteries of the Egyptian sun-god, and the observations of the
+ancient Chaldeans, the rich and varied traditions of astronomy stretch
+far away into a shadowy past. All peoples, in the first stirrings
+of their intellectual youth, drawn by the nightly splendor of the
+skies and the ceaseless motions of the planets, have set up some
+system of the heavens, in which the sense of wonder and the desire
+for knowledge were no less concerned than the practical necessities
+of life. The measurement of time and the needs of navigation have
+always stimulated astronomical research, but the intellectual demand
+has been keen from the first. Hipparchus and the Greek astronomers
+of the Alexandrian school, shaking off the vagaries of magic and
+divination, placed astronomy on a scientific basis, though the
+reaction of the Middle Ages caused even such a great astronomer
+as Tycho Brahe himself to revert for a time to the practice of
+astrology.
+
+EARLY INSTRUMENTS
+
+The transparent sky of Egypt, rarely obscured by clouds, greatly
+favored Ptolemy's observations. Here was prepared his great star
+catalogue, based upon the earlier observations of Hipparchus, and
+destined to remain alone in its field for more than twelve centuries,
+until Ulugh Bey, Prince of Samarcand, repeated the work of his
+Greek predecessor. Throughout this period the stars were looked
+upon mainly as points of reference for the observation of planetary
+motions, and the instruments of observation underwent little change.
+The astrolabe, which consists of a circle divided into degrees,
+with a rotating diametral arm for sighting purposes, embodies their
+essential principle. In its simple form, the astrolabe was suspended
+in a vertical plane, and the stars were observed by bringing the
+sights on the movable diameter to bear upon them. Their altitude
+was then read off on the circle. Ultimately, the circle of the
+astrolabe, mounted with one of its diameters parallel to the earth's
+axis, became the armillary sphere, the precursor of our modern
+equatorial telescope. Great stone quadrants fixed in the meridian
+were also employed from very early times. Out of such furnishings,
+little modified by the lapse of centuries, was provided the elaborate
+instrumental equipment of Uranibourg, the great observatory built
+by Tycho Brahe on the Danish island of Huen in 1576. In this "City
+of the Heavens," still dependent solely upon the unaided eye as a
+collector of starlight, Tycho made those invaluable observations
+that enabled Kepler to deduce the true laws of planetary motion. But
+after all these centuries the sidereal world embraced no objects,
+barring an occasional comet or temporary star, that lay beyond
+the vision of the earliest astronomers. The conceptions of the
+stellar universe, except those that ignored the solid ground of
+observation, were limited by the small aperture of the human eye.
+But the dawn of another age was at hand.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 2. The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease).
+
+Photographed with the 100-inch telescope. This short-exposure photograph
+shows only the bright central part of the nebula. A longer exposure
+reveals a vast outlying region.]
+
+The dominance of the sun as the central body of the solar system,
+recognized by Aristarchus of Samos nearly three centuries before
+the Christian era, but subsequently denied under the authority of
+Ptolemy and the teachings of the Church, was reaffirmed by the
+Polish monk Copernicus in 1543. Kepler's laws of the motions of the
+planets, showing them to revolve in ellipses instead of circles,
+removed the last defect of the Copernican system, and left no room for
+its rejection. But both the world and the Church clung to tradition,
+and some visible demonstration was urgently needed. This was supplied
+by Galileo through his invention of the telescope.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 3. Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson,
+showing the observatory buildings among the trees and bushes.
+
+The 60-foot tower on the extreme left, which is at the edge of
+a precipitous cańon 1,500 feet deep, is the vertical telescope
+of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. Above it are the
+"Monastery" and other buildings used as quarters by the astronomers
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory while at work on the mountain. (The
+offices, computing-rooms, laboratories, and shops are in Pasadena.)
+Following the ridge, we come successively to the dome of the 10-inch
+photographic telescope, the power-house, laboratory, Snow horizontal
+telescope, 60-foot-tower telescope, and 150-foot-tower telescope,
+these last three used for the study of the sun. The dome of the
+60-inch reflecting telescope is just below the 150-foot tower,
+while that of the 100-inch telescope is farther to the right. The
+altitude of Mount Wilson is about 5,900 feet.]
+
+The crystalline lens of the human eye, limited by the iris to a
+maximum opening about one-quarter of an inch in diameter, was the
+only collector of starlight available to the Greek and Arabian
+astronomers. Galileo's telescope, which in 1610 suddenly pushed
+out the boundaries of the known stellar universe and brought many
+thousands of stars into range, had a lens about 2-1/4 inches in
+diameter. The area of this lens, proportional to the square of
+its diameter, was about eighty-one times that of the pupil of the
+eye. This great increase in the amount of light collected should
+bring to view stars down to magnitude 10.5, of which nearly half
+a million are known to exist.
+
+It is not too much to say that Galileo's telescope revolutionized
+human thought. Turned to the moon, it revealed mountains, plains,
+and valleys, while the sun, previously supposed immaculate in its
+perfection, was seen to be blemished with dark spots changing from
+day to day. Jupiter, shown to be accompanied by four encircling
+satellites, afforded a picture in miniature of the solar system,
+and strongly supported the Copernican view of its organization,
+which was conclusively demonstrated by Galileo's discovery of the
+changing phases of Venus and the variation of its apparent diameter
+during its revolution about the sun. Galileo's proof of the Copernican
+theory marked the downfall of medięvalism and established astronomy on
+a firm foundation. But while his telescope multiplied a hundredfold
+the number of visible stars, more than a century elapsed before
+the true possibilities of sidereal astronomy were perceived.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 4. The 100-inch Hooker telescope.]
+
+STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
+
+Sir William Herschel was the first astronomer to make a serious
+attack upon the problem of the structure of the stellar universe.
+In his first memoir on the "Construction of the Heavens," read
+before the Royal Society in 1784, he wrote as follows:
+
+"Hitherto the sidereal heavens have, not inadequately for the purpose
+designed, been represented by the concave surface of a sphere in
+the centre of which the eye of an observer might be supposed to be
+placed.... In future we shall look upon those regions into which we
+may now penetrate by means of such large telescopes, as a naturalist
+regards a rich extent of ground or chain of mountains containing
+strata variously inclined and directed as well as consisting of
+very different materials."
+
+On turning his 18-inch reflecting telescope to a part of the Milky
+Way in Orion, he found its whitish appearance to be completely
+resolved into small stars, not separately seen with his former
+telescopes. "The glorious multitude of stars of all possible sizes
+that presented themselves here to my view are truly astonishing; but
+as the dazzling brightness of glittering stars may easily mislead
+us so far as to estimate their number greater than it really is,
+I endeavored to ascertain this point by counting many fields, and
+computing from a mean of them, what a certain given portion of
+the Milky Way might contain." By this means, applied not only to
+the Milky Way but to all parts of the heavens, Herschel determined
+the approximate number and distribution of all the stars within
+reach of his instrument.
+
+By comparing many hundred gauges or counts of stars visible in
+a field of about one-quarter of the area of the moon, Herschel
+found that the average number of stars increased toward the great
+circle which most nearly conforms with the course of the Milky Way.
+Ninety degrees from this plane, at the pole of the Milky Way, only
+four stars, on the average, were seen in the field of the telescope.
+In approaching the Milky Way this number increased slowly at first,
+and then more and more rapidly, until it rose to an average of
+122 stars per field.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 5. Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch
+telescope.]
+
+These observations were made in the northern hemisphere, and
+subsequently Sir John Herschel, using his father's telescope at
+the Cape of Good Hope, found an almost exactly similar increase
+of apparent star density for the southern hemisphere. According to
+his estimates, the total number of stars in both hemispheres that
+could be seen distinctly enough to be counted in this telescope
+would probably be about five and one-half millions.
+
+The Herschels concluded that "the stars of our firmament, instead
+of being scattered in all directions indifferently through space,
+form a stratum of which the thickness is small, in comparison with
+its length and breadth; and in which the earth occupies a place
+somewhere about the middle of its thickness, between the point
+where it subdivides into two principal laminę inclined at a small
+angle to each other." This view does not differ essentially from our
+modern conception of the form of the Galaxy; but as the Herschels
+were unable to see stars fainter than the fifteenth magnitude,
+it is evident that their conclusions apply only to a restricted
+region surrounding the solar system, in the midst of the enormously
+extended sidereal universe which modern instruments have brought
+within our range.
+
+MODERN METHODS
+
+The remarkable progress of modern astronomy is mainly due to two
+great instrumental advances: the rise and development of the
+photographic telescope, and the application of the spectroscope to
+the study of celestial objects. These new and powerful instruments,
+supplemented by many accessories which have completely revolutionized
+observatory equipment, have not only revealed a vastly greater
+number of stars and nebulę: they have also rendered feasible
+observations of a type formerly regarded as impossible. The chemical
+analysis of a faint star is now so easy that it can be accomplished
+in a very short time--as quickly, in fact, as an equally complex
+substance can be analyzed in the laboratory. The spectroscope also
+measures a star's velocity, the pressure at different levels in
+its atmosphere, its approximate temperature, and now, by a new
+and ingenious method, its distance from the earth. It determines
+the velocity of rotation of the sun and of nebulę, the existence
+and periods of orbital revolution of binary stars too close to
+be separated by any telescope, the presence of magnetic fields
+in sunspots, and the fact that the entire sun, like the earth, is
+a magnet.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 6. Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope,
+ready to leave Pasadena for Mount Wilson.]
+
+Such new possibilities, with many others resulting from the application
+of physical methods of the most diverse character, have greatly
+enlarged the astronomer's outlook. He may now attack two great
+problems: (1) The structure of the universe and the motions of
+its constituent bodies, and (2) the evolution of the stars: their
+nature, origin, growth, and decline. These two problems are intimately
+related and must be studied as one.[*]
+
+[Footnote *: A third great problem open to the astronomer, the
+study of the constitution of matter, is described in Chapter III.]
+
+If space permitted, it would be interesting to survey the progress
+already accomplished by modern methods of astronomical research.
+Hundreds of millions of stars have been photographed, and the boundaries
+of the stellar universe have been pushed far into space, but have not
+been attained. Globular star clusters, containing tens of thousands
+of stars, are on so great a scale (according to Shapley) that light,
+travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, may take 500
+years to cross one of them, while the most distant of these objects
+may be more than 200,000 light-years from the earth. The spiral
+nebulę, more than a million in number, are vast whirling masses
+in process of development, but we are not yet certain whether they
+should be regarded as "island universes" or as subordinate to the
+stellar system which includes our minute group of sun and planets,
+the great star clouds of the Milky Way, and the distant globular
+star clusters.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 7. Section of a steel girder for dome covering
+the 100-inch telescope, on its way up Mount Wilson.]
+
+These few particulars may give a slight conception of the scale
+of the known universe, but a word must be added regarding some
+of its most striking phenomena. The great majority of the stars
+whose motions have been determined belong to one or the other of
+two great star streams, but the part played by these streams in the
+sidereal system as a whole is still obscure. The stars have been
+grouped in classes, presumably in the order of their evolutional
+development, as they pass from the early state of gaseous masses, of
+low density, through the successive stages resulting from loss of
+heat by radiation and increased density due to shrinkage. Strangely
+enough, their velocities in space show a corresponding change,
+increasing as they grow older or perhaps depending upon their mass.
+
+It is impossible within these limits to do more than to give some
+indication of the scope of the new astronomy. Enough has been said,
+however, to assist in appreciating the increased opportunity for
+investigation, and the nature of the heavy demands made upon the
+modern observatory. But before passing on to describe one of the
+latest additions to the astronomer's instrumental equipment, a
+word should be added regarding the chief classes of telescopes.
+
+REFRACTORS AND REFLECTORS
+
+Astronomical telescopes are of two types: refractors and reflectors.
+A refracting telescope consists of an object-glass composed of
+two or more lenses, mounted at the upper end of a tube, which is
+pointed at the celestial object. The light, after passing through
+the lenses, is brought to a focus at the lower end of the tube, where
+the image is examined visually with an eyepiece, or photographed
+upon a sensitive plate. The largest instruments of this type are
+the 36-inch Lick telescope and the 40-inch refractor of the Yerkes
+Observatory.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 8. Erecting the steel building and revolving
+dome that cover the Hooker telescope.]
+
+Reflecting telescopes, which are particularly adapted for photographic
+work, though also excellent for visual observations, are very
+differently constructed. No lens is used. The telescope tube is
+usually built in skeleton form, open at its upper end, and with
+a large concave mirror supported at its base. This mirror serves
+in place of a lens. Its upper surface is paraboloidal in shape,
+as a spherical surface will not unite in a sharp focus the rays
+coming from a distant object. The light passes through no glass--a
+great advantage, especially for photography, as the absorption
+in lenses cuts out much of the blue and violet light, to which
+photographic plates are most sensitive. The reflection occurs on
+the _upper_ surface of the mirror, which is covered with a coat of
+pure silver, renewed several times a year and always kept highly
+burnished. Silvered glass is better than metals or other substances
+for telescope mirrors, chiefly because of the perfection with which
+glass can be ground and polished, and the ease of renewing its
+silvered surface when tarnished.
+
+The great reflectors of Herschel and Lord Rosse, which were provided
+with mirrors of speculum metal, were far inferior to much smaller
+telescopes of the present day. With these instruments the star images
+were watched as they were carried through the field of view by the
+earth's rotation, or kept roughly in place by moving the telescope
+with ropes or chains. Photographic plates, which reveal invisible
+stars and nebulę when exposed for hours in modern instruments, were
+not then available. In any case they could not have been used,
+in the absence of the perfect mechanism required to keep the star
+images accurately fixed in place upon the sensitive film.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 9. Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in
+diameter, covering the 100-inch Hooker telescope.
+
+Photographed from the summit of the 150-foot-tower telescope.]
+
+It would be interesting to trace the long contest for supremacy
+between refracting and reflecting telescopes, each of which, at
+certain stages in its development, appeared to be unrivalled. In
+modern observatories both types are used, each for the purpose for
+which it is best adapted. For the photography of nebulę and the
+study of the fainter stars, the reflector has special advantages,
+illustrated by the work of such instruments as the Crossley and Mills
+reflectors of the Lick Observatory; the great 72-inch reflector,
+recently brought into effective service at the Dominion Observatory
+in Canada; and the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory.
+
+The unaided eye, with an available area of one-twentieth of a square
+inch, permits us to see stars of the sixth magnitude. Herschel's
+18-inch reflector, with an area 5,000 times as great, rendered
+visible stars of the fifteenth magnitude. The 60-inch reflector,
+with an area 57,600 times that of the eye, reveals stars of the
+eighteenth magnitude, while to reach stars of about the twentieth
+magnitude, photographic exposures of four or five hours suffice
+with this instrument.
+
+Every gain of a magnitude means a great gain in the number of stars
+rendered visible. Stars of the second magnitude are 3.4 times as
+numerous as those of the first, those of the eighth magnitude are
+three times as numerous as those of the seventh, while the sixteenth
+magnitude stars are only 1.7 as numerous as those of the fifteenth
+magnitude. This steadily decreasing ratio is probably due to an
+actual thinning out of the stars toward the boundaries of the stellar
+universe, as the most exhaustive tests have failed to give any
+evidence of absorption of light in its passage through space. But
+in spite of this decrease, the gain of a single additional magnitude
+may mean the addition of many millions of stars to the total of those
+already shown by the 60-inch reflector. Here is one of the chief
+sources of interest in the possibilities of a 100-inch reflecting
+telescope.
+
+100-INCH TELESCOPE
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 10. One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered,
+rising out of the silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower
+end of telescope tube. (Seen above.)]
+
+In 1906 the late John D. Hooker, of Los Angeles, gave the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington a sum sufficient to construct a telescope
+mirror 100 inches in diameter, and thus large enough to collect
+160,000 times the light received by the eye. (Fig. 10.) The casting
+and annealing of a suitable glass disk, 101 inches in diameter
+and 13 inches thick, weighing four and one-half tons, was a most
+difficult operation, finally accomplished by a great French glass
+company at their factory in the Forest of St. Gobain. A special
+optical laboratory was erected at the Pasadena headquarters of
+the Mount Wilson Observatory, and here the long task of grinding,
+figuring, and testing the mirror was successfully carried out by
+the observatory opticians. This operation, which is one of great
+delicacy, required years for its completion. Meanwhile the building,
+dome, and mounting for the telescope were designed by members of
+the observatory staff, and the working drawings were prepared. An
+opportune addition by Mr. Carnegie to the endowment of the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington, of which the observatory is a branch,
+permitted the necessary appropriations to be made for the completion
+and erection of the telescope. Though delayed by the war, during
+which the mechanical and optical facilities of the observatory
+shops were utilized for military and naval purposes, the telescope
+is now in regular use on Mount Wilson.
+
+The instrument is mounted on a massive pier of reinforced concrete,
+33 feet high and 52 feet in diameter at the top. A solid wall extends
+south from this pier a distance of 50 feet, on the west side of
+which a very powerful spectrograph, for photographing the spectra
+of the brightest stars, will be mounted. Within the pier are a
+photographic dark room, a room for silvering the large mirror (which
+can be lowered into the pier), and the clock-room, where stands
+the powerful driving-clock, with which the telescope is caused
+to follow the apparent motion of the stars. (Fig. 11.)
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 11. The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause
+the 100-inch Hooker telescope to follow the stars.]
+
+The telescope mounting is of the English type, in which the telescope
+tube is supported by the declination trunnions between the arms of
+the polar axis, built in the form of a rectangular yoke carried by
+bearings on massive pedestals to the north and south. These bearings
+must be aligned exactly parallel to the axis of the earth, and must
+support the polar axis so freely that it can be rotated with perfect
+precision by the driving-clock, which turns a worm-wheel 17 feet in
+diameter, clamped to the lower end of the axis. As this motion
+must be sufficiently uniform to counteract exactly the rotation
+of the earth on its axis, and thus to maintain the star images
+accurately in position in the field of view, the greatest care
+had to be taken in the construction of the driving-clock and in
+the spacing and cutting of the teeth in the large worm-wheel. Here,
+as in the case of all of the more refined parts of the instrument,
+the work was done by skilled machinists in the observatory shops in
+Pasadena or on Mount Wilson after the assembling of the telescope.
+The massive sections of the instrument, some of which weigh as
+much as ten tons each, were constructed at Quincy, Mass., where
+machinery sufficiently large to build battleships was available.
+They were then shipped to California, and transported to the summit
+of Mount Wilson over a road built for this purpose by the construction
+division of the observatory, which also built the pier on which the
+telescope stands, and erected the steel building and dome that
+cover it.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 12. Large irregular nebula and star cluster
+in Sagittarius (Duncan).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 13. Faint spiral nebula in the constellation
+of the Hunting Dogs (Pease).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+The parts of the telescope which are moved by the driving-clock
+weigh about 100 tons, and it was necessary to provide means of
+reducing the great friction on the bearings of the polar axis. To
+accomplish this, large hollow steel cylinders, floating in mercury
+held in cast-iron tanks, were provided at the upper and lower ends
+of the polar axis. Almost the entire weight of the instrument is
+thus floated in mercury, and in this way the friction is so greatly
+reduced that the driving-clock moves the instrument with perfect
+ease and smoothness.
+
+The 100-inch mirror rests at the bottom of the telescope tube on
+a special support system, so designed as to prevent any bending of
+the glass under its own weight. Electric motors, forty in number, are
+provided to move the telescope rapidly or slowly in right ascension
+(east or west) and in declination (north or south), for focussing
+the mirrors, and for many other purposes. They are also used for
+rotating the dome, 100 feet in diameter, under which the telescope
+is mounted, and for opening the shutter, 20 feet wide, through
+which the observations are made.
+
+A telescope of this kind can be used in several different ways.
+The 100-inch mirror has a focal length of about 42 feet, and in
+one of the arrangements of the instrument, the photographic plate
+is mounted at the centre of the telescope tube near its upper end,
+where it receives directly the image formed by the large mirror. In
+another arrangement, a silvered glass mirror, with plane surface,
+is supported near the upper end of the tube at an angle of 45°, so
+as to form the image at the side of the tube, where the photographic
+plate can be placed. In this case, the observer stands on a platform,
+which is moved up and down by electric motors in front of the opening
+in the dome through which the observations are made.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 14. Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on
+(Ritchey).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+Other arrangements of the telescope, for which auxiliary convex
+mirrors carried near the upper end of the tube are required, permit
+the image to be photographed at the side of the tube near its lower
+end, either with or without a spectrograph; or with a very powerful
+spectrograph mounted within a constant-temperature chamber south
+of the telescope pier. In this last case, the light of a star is
+so reflected by auxiliary mirrors that it passes down through a
+hole in the south end of the polar axis and brings the star to
+a focus on the slit of the fixed spectrograph.
+
+ATMOSPHERIC LIMITATIONS
+
+The huge dimensions of such a powerful engine of research as the
+Hooker telescope are not in themselves a source of satisfaction to
+the astronomer, for they involve a decided increase in the labor
+of observation and entail very heavy expense, justifiable only in
+case important results, beyond the reach of other instruments,
+can be secured. The construction of a telescope of these dimensions
+was necessarily an experiment, for it was by no means certain, after
+the optical and mechanical difficulties had been overcome, that
+even the favorable atmosphere of California would be sufficiently
+tranquil to permit sharply defined celestial images to be obtained
+with so large an aperture. It is therefore important to learn what
+the telescope will actually accomplish under customary observing
+conditions.
+
+Fortunately we are able to measure the performance of the instrument
+with certainty. Close beside it on Mount Wilson stands the 60-inch
+reflector, of similar type, erected in 1908. The two telescopes can
+thus be rigorously compared under identical atmospheric conditions.
+
+The large mirror of the 100-inch telescope has an area about 2.8
+times that of the 60-inch, and therefore receives nearly three times
+as much light from a star. Under atmospheric conditions perfect
+enough to allow all of this light to be concentrated in a point,
+it should be capable of recording on a photographic plate, with a
+given exposure, stars about one magnitude fainter than the faintest
+stars within reach of the 60-inch. The increased focal length,
+permitting such objects as the moon to be photographed on a larger
+scale, should also reveal smaller details of structure and render
+possible higher accuracy of measurement. Finally, the greater
+theoretical resolving power of the larger aperture, providing it
+can be utilized, should permit the separation of the members of
+close double stars beyond the range of the smaller instrument.
+
+CRITICAL TESTS
+
+The many tests already made indicate that the advantages expected
+of the new telescope will be realized in practice. The increased
+light-gathering power will mean the addition of many millions of
+stars to those already known. Spectroscopic observations now in
+regular progress have carried the range of these investigations
+far beyond the possibilities of the 60-inch telescope. A great
+class of red stars, for example, almost all the members of which
+were inaccessible to the 60-inch, are now being made the subject
+of special study. And in other fields of research equal advantages
+have been gained.
+
+The increase in the scale of the images over those given by the
+60-inch telescope is illustrated by two photographs of the Ring
+Nebula in Lyra, reproduced in Fig. 18. The Great Nebula in Orion,
+photographed with the 100-inch telescope with a comparatively short
+exposure, sufficient to bring out the brighter regions, is reproduced
+in Fig. 2. It is interesting to compare this picture with the
+small-scale image of the same nebula shown in Fig. 1.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 15. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).
+
+The ring-like formations are the so-called craters, most of them
+far larger than anything similar on the earth. That in the lower
+left corner with an isolated mountain in the centre is Albategnius,
+sixty-four miles in diameter. Peaks in the ring rise to a height
+of fifteen thousand feet above the central plain. Note the long
+sunset shadows cast by the mountains on the left. The level region
+below on the right is an extensive plain, the Mare Nubium.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 16. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).
+
+The mountains above and to the left are the lunar Apennines; those
+on the left just below the centre are the Alps. Both ranges include
+peaks from fifteen thousand to twenty thousand feet in height. In
+the upper right corner is Copernicus, about fifty miles in diameter.
+The largest of the conspicuous group of three just below the Apennines
+is Archimedes and at the lower end of the Alps is Plato. Note the
+long sunset shadows cast by the isolated peaks on the left. The
+central portion of the picture is a vast plain, the Mare Imbrium.]
+
+The sharpness of the images given by the new telescope may be
+illustrated by some recent photographs of the moon, obtained with
+an equivalent focal length of 134 feet. In Fig. 15 is shown a rugged
+region of the moon, containing many ring-like mountains or craters.
+Fig. 16 shows the great arc of the lunar Apennines (above) and the
+Alps (below), to the left of the broad plain of the Mare Imbrium.
+The starlike points along the moon's terminator, which separates
+the dark area from the region upon which the sun (on the right)
+shines, are the mountain peaks, about to disappear at sunset. The
+long shadows cast by the mountains just within the illuminated
+area are plainly seen. Some of the peaks of the lunar Apennines
+attain a height of 20,000 feet.
+
+In less powerful telescopes the stars at the centre of the great
+globular clusters are so closely crowded together that they cannot
+be studied separately with the spectrograph. Moreover, most of
+them are much too faint for examination with this instrument. At
+the 134-foot focus the 100-inch telescope gives a large-scale image
+of such clusters, and permits the spectra of stars as faint as
+the fifteenth magnitude to be separately photographed.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 17. Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few
+nebulę known to vary in brightness and form.
+
+Photographed with the 100-inch telescope (Hubble).]
+
+CLOSE DOUBLE STARS
+
+A remarkable use of the 100-inch telescope, which permits its full
+theoretical resolving power to be not merely attained but to be
+doubled, has been made possible by the first application of Michelson's
+interference method to the measurement of very close double stars.
+When employing this, the 100-inch mirror is completely covered,
+except for two slits. Beams of light from a star, entering by the
+slits, unite at the focus of the telescope, where the image is
+examined by an eyepiece magnifying about five thousand diameters.
+Across the enlarged star image a series of fine, sharp fringes is
+seen, even when the atmospheric conditions are poor. If the star is
+single the fringes remain visible, whatever the distance between the
+slits. But in the case of a star like Capella, previously inferred
+to be double from the periodic displacement of the lines in its
+spectrum, but with components too close together to be distinguished
+separately, the fringes behave differently. As the slits are moved
+apart a point is reached where the fringes completely disappear,
+only to reappear as the separation is continued. This effect is
+obtained when the slits are at right angles to the line joining
+the two stars of the pair, found by this method to be 0.0418 of a
+second of arc apart (on December 30, 1919). Subsequent measures,
+of far greater precision than those obtainable by other methods in
+the case of easily separated double stars, show the rapid orbital
+motion of the components of the system. This device will be applied
+to other close binaries, hitherto beyond the reach of measurement.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 18. Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with the
+60-inch (Ritchey) and 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes.
+
+Showing the increased scale of the images given by the larger
+instrument.]
+
+Without entering into further details of the tests, it is evident
+that the new telescope will afford boundless possibilities for
+the study of the stellar universe.[*] The structure and extent of
+the galactic system, and the motions of the stars comprising it;
+the distribution, distances, and dimensions of the spiral nebulę,
+their motions, rotation, and mode of development; the origin of
+the stars and the successive stages in their life history: these
+are some of the great questions which the new telescope must help
+to answer. In such an embarrassment of riches the chief difficulty
+is to withstand the temptation toward scattering of effort, and to
+form an observing programme directed toward the solution of crucial
+problems rather than the accumulation of vast stores of miscellaneous
+data. This programme will be supplemented by an extensive study
+of the sun, the only star near enough the earth to be examined
+in detail, and by a series of laboratory investigations involving
+the experimental imitation of solar and stellar conditions, thus
+aiding in the interpretation of celestial phenomena.
+
+[Footnote *: It is not adapted for work on the sun, as the mirrors
+would be distorted by its heat. Three other telescopes, especially
+designed for solar observations, are in use on Mount Wilson.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+GIANT STARS
+
+Our ancestral sun, as pictured by Laplace, originally extended
+in a state of luminous vapor beyond the boundaries of the solar
+system. Rotating upon its axis, it slowly contracted through loss
+of heat by radiation, leaving behind it portions of its mass, which
+condensed to form the planets. Still gaseous, though now denser than
+water, it continues to pour out the heat on which our existence
+depends, as it shrinks imperceptibly toward its ultimate condition
+of a cold and darkened globe.
+
+Laplace's hypothesis has been subjected in recent years to much
+criticism, and there is good reason to doubt whether his description
+of the mode of evolution of our solar system is correct in every
+particular. All critics agree, however, that the sun was once enormously
+larger than it now is, and that the planets originally formed part
+of its distended mass.
+
+Even in its present diminished state, the sun is huge beyond easy
+conception. Our own earth, though so minute a fragment of the primeval
+sun, is nevertheless so large that some parts of its surface have
+not yet been explored. Seen beside the sun, by an observer on one
+of the planets, the earth would appear as an insignificant speck,
+which could be swallowed with ease by the whirling vortex of a
+sun-spot. If the sun were hollow, with the earth at its centre,
+the moon, though 240,000 miles from us, would have room and to
+spare in which to describe its orbit, for the sun is 865,000 miles
+in diameter, so that its volume is more than a million times that
+of the earth.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 19. Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb, 140,000
+miles high (Ellerman).
+
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph, using the light emitted
+by glowing calcium vapor. The comparative size of the earth is
+indicated by the white circle.]
+
+But what of the stars, proved by the spectroscope to be self-luminous,
+intensely hot, and formed of the same chemical elements that constitute
+the sun and the earth? Are they comparable in size with the sun? Do
+they occur in all stages of development, from infancy to old age?
+And if such stages can be detected, do they afford indications
+of the gradual diminution in volume which Laplace imagined the
+sun to experience?
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 20. The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from
+a direct photograph showing many sun-spots (Whitney)
+
+The small black disk in the centre represents the comparative size
+of the earth, while the circle surrounding it corresponds in diameter
+to the orbit of the moon.]
+
+STAR IMAGES
+
+Prior to the application of the powerful new engine of research
+described in this article we have had no means of measuring the
+diameters of the stars. We have measured their distances and their
+motions, determined their chemical composition, and obtained undeniable
+evidence of progressive development, but even in the most powerful
+telescopes their images are so minute that they appear as points
+rather than as disks. In fact, the larger the telescope and the
+more perfect the atmospheric conditions at the observer's command,
+the smaller do these images appear. On the photographic plate, it is
+true, the stars are recorded as measurable disks, but these are due
+to the spreading of the light from their bright point-like images,
+and their diameters increase as the exposure time is prolonged.
+From the images of the brighter stars rays of light project in
+straight lines, but these also are instrumental phenomena, due
+to diffraction of light by the steel bars that support the small
+mirror in the tube of reflecting telescopes. In a word, the stars
+are so remote that the largest and most perfect telescopes show
+them only as extremely minute needle-points of light, without any
+trace of their true disks.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 21. Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917 (Whitney).
+
+The disk in the corner represents the comparative size of the earth.]
+
+How, then, may we hope to measure their diameters? By using, as
+the man of science must so often do, indirect means when the direct
+attack fails. Most of the remarkable progress of astronomy during
+the last quarter-century has resulted from the application of new and
+ingenious devices borrowed from the physicist. These have multiplied
+to such a degree that some of our observatories are literally physical
+laboratories, in which the sun and stars are examined by powerful
+spectroscopes and other optical instruments that have recently advanced
+our knowledge of physics by leaps and bounds. In the present case
+we are indebted for our star-measuring device to the distinguished
+physicist Professor Albert A. Michelson, who has contributed a long
+array of novel apparatus and methods to physics and astronomy.
+
+THE INTERFEROMETER
+
+The instrument in question, known as the interferometer, had previously
+yielded a remarkable series of results when applied in its various
+forms to the solution of fundamental problems. To mention only a
+few of those that have helped to establish Michelson's fame, we may
+recall that our exact knowledge of the length of the international
+metre at Sevres, the world's standard of measurement, was obtained
+by him with an interferometer in terms of the invariable length of
+light-waves. A different form of interferometer has more recently
+enabled him to measure the minute tides within the solid body of the
+earth--not the great tides of the ocean, but the slight deformations
+of the earth's body, which is as rigid as steel, that are caused by
+the varying attractions of the sun and moon. Finally, to mention
+only one more case, it was the Michelson-Morley experiment, made
+years ago with still another form of interferometer, that yielded
+the basic idea from which the theory of relativity was developed
+by Lorentz and Einstein.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 22. Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of
+the sun (Ellerman).
+
+Made with the spectroheliograph, showing the immense vortices,
+or whirling storms like tornadoes, that centre in sun-spots. The
+comparative size of the earth is shown by the white circle traced
+on the largest sun-spot.]
+
+The history of the method of measuring star diameters is a very
+curious one, showing how the most promising opportunities for scientific
+progress may lie unused for decades. The fundamental principle
+of the device was first suggested by the great French physicist
+Fizeau in 1868. In 1874 the theory was developed by the French
+astronomer Stéphan, who observed interference fringes given by a
+large number of stars, and rightly concluded that their angular
+diameters must be much smaller than 0.158 of a second of arc, the
+smallest measurable with his instrument. In 1890 Michelson, unaware
+of the earlier work, published in the _Philosophical Magazine_ a
+complete description of an interferometer capable of determining
+with surprising accuracy the distance between the components of
+double stars so close together that no telescope can separate them.
+He also showed how the same principle could be applied to the
+measurement of star diameters if a sufficiently large interferometer
+could be built for this purpose, and developed the theory much
+more completely than Stéphan had done. A year later he measured
+the diameters of Jupiter's satellites by this means at the Lick
+Observatory. But nearly thirty years elapsed before the next step
+was taken. Two causes have doubtless contributed to this delay. Both
+theory and experiment have demonstrated the extreme sensitiveness
+of the "interference fringes," on the observation of which the
+method depends, and it was generally supposed by astronomers that
+disturbances in the earth's atmosphere would prevent them from
+being clearly seen with large telescopes. Furthermore, a very large
+interferometer, too large to be carried by any existing telescope,
+was required for the star-diameter work, though close double stars
+could have been easily studied by this device with several of the
+large telescopes of the early nineties. But whatever the reasons,
+a powerful method of research lay unused.
+
+The approaching completion of the 100-inch telescope of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory led me to suggest to Professor Michelson, before
+the United States entered the war, that the method be thoroughly
+tested under the favorable atmospheric conditions of Southern
+California. He was at that time at work on a special form of
+interferometer, designed to determine whether atmospheric disturbances
+could be disregarded in planning large-scale experiments. But the
+war intervened, and all of our efforts were concentrated for two
+years on the solution of war problems.[*] In 1919, as soon as the
+100-inch telescope had been completed and tested, the work was
+resumed on Mount Wilson.
+
+[Footnote *: Professor Michelson's most important contribution during
+the war period was a new and very efficient form of range-finder,
+adopted for use by the U. S. Navy.]
+
+A LABORATORY EXPERIMENT
+
+The principle of the method can be most readily seen by the aid
+of an experiment which any one can easily perform for himself with
+simple apparatus. Make a narrow slit, a few thousandths of an inch
+in width, in a sheet of black paper, and support it vertically
+before a brilliant source of light. Observe this from a distance of
+40 or 50 feet with a small telescope magnifying about 30 diameters.
+The object-glass of the telescope should be covered with an opaque
+cap, pierced by two circular holes about one-eighth of an inch in
+diameter and half an inch apart. The holes should be on opposite
+sides of the centre of the object-glass and equidistant from it,
+and the line joining the holes should be horizontal. When this
+cap is removed the slit appears as a narrow vertical band with
+much fainter bands on both sides of it. With the cap in place, the
+central bright band appears to be ruled with narrow vertical lines
+or fringes produced by the "interference"[*] of the two pencils of
+light coming through different parts of the object-glass from the
+distant slit. Cover one of the holes, and the fringes instantly
+disappear. Their production requires the joint effect of the two
+light-pencils.
+
+[Footnote *: For an explanation of the phenomena of interference,
+see any encyclopęedia or book on physics.]
+
+Now suppose the two holes over the object-glass to be in movable
+plates, so that their distance apart can be varied. As they are
+gradually separated the narrow vertical fringes become less and
+less distinct, and finally vanish completely. Measure the distance
+between the holes and divide this by the wavelength of light, which
+we may call 1/50000 of an inch. The result is the angular width
+of the distant slit. Knowing the distance of the slit, we can at
+once calculate its linear width. If for the slit we substitute a
+minute circular hole, the method of measurement remains the same,
+but the angular diameter as calculated above must be multiplied
+by 1.22.[*]
+
+[Footnote *: More complete details may be found in Michelson's Lowell
+Lectures on "Light-Waves and Their Uses," University of Chicago
+Press, 1907.]
+
+To measure the diameter of a star we proceed in a similar way,
+but, as the angle it subtends is so small, we must use a very large
+telescope, for the smaller the angle the farther apart must be the
+two holes over the object-glass (or the mirror, in case a reflecting
+telescope is employed). In fact, when the holes are moved apart to
+the full aperture of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, the interference
+fringes are still visible even with the star Betelgeuse, though its
+angular diameter is perhaps as great as that of any other star.
+Thus, we must build an attachment for the telescope, so arranged
+as to permit us to move the openings still farther apart.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 23. Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch
+Hooker telescope, and path of the two pencils of light from a star
+when under observation with the 20-foot Michelson interferometer.
+
+A photograph of the interferometer is shown in Fig. 24.]
+
+THE 20-FOOT INSTRUMENT
+
+The 20-foot interferometer designed by Messrs. Michelson and Pease,
+and constructed in the Mount Wilson Observatory instrument-shop,
+is shown in the diagram (Fig. 23) and in a photograph of the upper
+end of the skeleton tube of the telescope (Fig. 24). The light from
+the star is received by two flat mirrors (Ml, M4) which project
+beyond the tube and can be moved apart along the supporting arm.
+These take the place of the two holes over the object-glass in
+our experiment. From these mirrors the light is reflected to a
+second pair of flat mirrors (M2, M3), which send it toward the
+100-inch concave mirror (M5) at the bottom of the telescope tube.
+After this the course of the light is exactly as it would be if
+the mirrors M2, M3 were replaced by two holes over the 100-inch
+mirror. It is reflected to the convex mirror (M6), then back in
+a less rapidly convergent beam toward the large mirror. Before
+reaching it the light is caught by the plane mirror (M7) and reflected
+through an opening at the side of the telescope tube to the eye-piece
+E. Here the fringes are observed with a magnification ranging from
+1,500 to 3,000 diameters.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 24. Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for
+measuring star diameters, attached to upper end of the skeleton
+tube of the 100-inch Hooker telescope.
+
+The path of the two pencils of light from the star is shown in
+Fig. 23. For a photograph of the entire telescope, see Fig. 4.]
+
+In the practical application of this method to the measurement of
+star diameters, the chief problem was whether the atmosphere would
+be quiet enough to permit sharp interference fringes to be produced
+with light-pencils more than 100 inches apart. After successful
+preliminary tests with the 40-inch refracting telescope of the
+Yerkes Observatory, Professor Michelson made the first attempt
+to see the fringes with the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors on
+Mount Wilson in September, 1919. He was surprised and delighted to
+find that the fringes were perfectly sharp and distinct with the
+full aperture of both these instruments. Doctor Anderson, of the
+observatory staff, then devised a special form of interferometer
+for the measurement of close double stars, and applied it with
+the 100-inch telescope to the measurement of the orbital motion
+of the close components of Capella, with results of extraordinary
+accuracy, far beyond anything attainable by previous methods. The
+success of this work strongly encouraged the more ambitious project
+of measuring the diameter of a star, and the 20-foot interferometer
+was built for this purpose.
+
+The difficult and delicate problem of adjusting the mirrors of
+this instrument with the necessary extreme accuracy was solved by
+Professor Michelson during his visit to Mount Wilson in the summer
+of 1920, and with the assistance of Mr. Pease, of the observatory
+staff, interference fringes were observed in the case of certain
+stars when the mirrors were as much as 18 feet apart. All was thus
+in readiness for a decisive test as soon as a suitable star presented
+itself.
+
+THE GIANT BETELGEUSE
+
+Russell, Shapley, and Eddington had pointed out Betelgeuse (Arabic
+for "the giant's shoulder"), the bright red star in the constellation
+of Orion (Fig. 25), as the most favorable of all stars for measurement,
+and the last-named had given its angular diameter as 0.051 of a
+second of arc. This deduction from theory appeared in his recent
+presidential address before the British Association for the Advancement
+of Science, in which Professor Eddington remarked: "Probably the
+greatest need of stellar astronomy at the present day, in order
+to make sure that our theoretical deductions are starting on the
+right lines, is some means of measuring the apparent angular diameter
+of stars." He then referred to the work already in progress on
+Mount Wilson, but anticipated "that atmospheric disturbance will
+ultimately set the limit to what can be accomplished."
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 25. The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle),
+familiar as the conspicuous red star in the right shoulder of Orion
+(Hubble).
+
+Measures with the interferometer show its angular diameter to be
+0.047 of a second of arc, corresponding to a linear diameter of
+215,000,000 miles, if the best available determination of its distance
+can be relied upon. This determination shows Betelgeuse to be 160
+light-years from the earth. Light travels at the rate of 186,000
+miles per second, and yet spends 160 years on its journey to us
+from this star.]
+
+On December 13, 1920, Mr. Pease successfully measured the diameter
+of Betelgeuse with the 20-foot interferometer. As the outer mirrors
+were separated the interference fringes gradually became less distinct,
+as theory requires, and as Doctor Merrill had previously seen when
+observing Betelgeuse with the interferometer used for Capella. At
+a separation of 10 feet the fringes disappeared completely, giving
+the data required for calculating the diameter of the star. To
+test the perfection of the adjustment, the telescope was turned to
+other stars, of smaller angular diameter, which showed the fringes
+with perfect clearness. Turning back to Betelgeuse, they were seen
+beyond doubt to be absent. Assuming the mean wave-length of the
+light of this star to be 5750/10000000 of a millimetre, its angular
+diameter comes out 0.047 of a second of arc, thus falling between
+the values--0.051 and 0.031 of a second--predicted by Eddington and
+Russell from slightly different assumptions. Subsequent corrections
+and repeated measurement will change Mr. Pease's result somewhat,
+but it is almost certainly within 10 or 15 per cent of the truth.
+We may therefore conclude that the angular diameter of Betelgeuse
+is very nearly the same as that of a ball one inch in diameter,
+seen at a distance of seventy miles.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 26. Arcturus (within the white circle), known
+to the Arabs as the "Lance Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great
+Horn" or the "Palace of the Emperors" (Hubble).
+
+Its angular diameter, measured at Mount Wilson by Pease with the
+20-foot Michelson interferometer on April 15, 1921, is 0.022 of a
+second, in close agreement with Russell's predicted value of 0.019
+of a second. The mean parallax of Arcturus, based upon several
+determinations, is 0.095 of a second, corresponding to a distance of
+34 light-years. The linear diameter, computed from Pease's measure
+and this value of the distance is about 21 million miles.]
+
+But this represents only the angle subtended by the star's disk.
+To learn its linear diameter, we must know its distance. Four
+determinations of the parallax, which determines the distance,
+have been made. Elkin, with the Yale heliometer, obtained 0.032
+of a second of arc. Schlesinger, from photographs taken with the
+30-inch Allegheny refractor, derived 0.016. Adams, by his spectroscopic
+method applied with the 60-inch Mount Wilson reflector, obtained
+0.012. Lee's recent value, secured photographically with the 40-inch
+Yerkes refractor, is 0.022. The heliometer parallax is doubtless
+less reliable than the photographic ones, and Doctor Adams states
+that the spectral type and luminosity of Betelgeuse make his value
+less certain than in the case of most other stars. If we take a
+(weighted) mean value of 0.020 of a second, we shall probably not
+be far from the truth. This parallax represents the angle subtended
+by the radius of the earth's orbit (93,000,000 miles) at the distance
+of Betelgeuse. By comparing it with 0.047, the angular diameter of
+the star, we see that the linear diameter is about two and one-third
+times as great as the distance from the earth to the sun, or
+approximately 215,000,000 miles. Thus, if this measure of its distance
+is not considerably in error, Betelgeuse would nearly fill the
+orbit of Mars. All methods of determining the distances of the
+stars are subject to uncertainty, however, and subsequent measures
+may reduce this figure very appreciably. But there can be no doubt
+that the diameter of Betelgeuse exceeds 100,000,000 miles, and
+it is probably much greater.
+
+The extremely small angle subtended by this enormous disk is explained
+by the great distance of the star, which is about 160 light-years.
+That is to say, light travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per
+second spends 160 years in crossing the space that lies between
+us and Betelgeuse, whose tremendous proportions therefore seem
+so minute even in the most powerful telescopes.
+
+STELLAR EVOLUTION
+
+This actual measure of the diameter of Betelgeuse supplies a new
+and striking test of Russell's and Hertzsprung's theory of dwarf
+and giant stars. Just before the war Russell showed that our old
+methods of classifying the stars according to their spectra must
+be radically changed. Stars in an early stage of their life history
+may be regarded as diffuse gaseous masses, enormously larger than
+our sun, and at a much lower temperature. Their density must be
+very low, and their state that of a perfect gas. These are the
+"giants." In the slow process of time they contract through constant
+loss of heat by radiation. But, despite this loss, the heat produced
+by contraction and from other sources (see p. 82) causes their
+temperature to rise, while their color changes from red to bluish
+white. The process of shrinkage and rise of temperature goes on so
+long as they remain in the state of a perfect gas. But as soon as
+contraction has increased the density of the gas beyond a certain
+point the cycle reverses and the temperature begins to fall. The
+bluish-white light of the star turns yellowish, and we enter the
+dwarf stage, of which our own sun is a representative. The density
+increases, surpassing that of water in the case of the sun, and
+going far beyond this point in later stages. In the lapse of millions
+of years a reddish hue appears, finally turning to deep red. The
+falling temperature permits the chemical elements, existing in a
+gaseous state in the outer atmosphere of the star, to unite into
+compounds, which are rendered conspicuous by their characteristic
+bands in the spectrum. Finally comes extinction of light, as the
+star approaches its ultimate state of a cold and solid globe.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 27. The giant star Antares (within the white
+circle), notable for its red color in the constellation Scorpio,
+and named by the Greeks "A Rival of Mars" (Hubble).
+
+The distance of Antares, though not very accurately known, is probably
+not far from 350 light-years. Its angular diameter of 0.040 of a
+second would thus correspond to a linear diameter of about 400
+million miles.]
+
+We may thus form a new picture of the two branches of the temperature
+curve, long since suggested by Lockyer, on very different grounds, as
+the outline of stellar life. On the ascending side are the giants,
+of vast dimensions and more diffuse than the air we breathe. There
+are good reasons for believing that the mass of Betelgeuse cannot
+be more than ten times that of the sun, while its volume is at
+least a million times as great and may exceed eight million times
+the sun's volume. Therefore, its average density must be like that
+of an attenuated gas in an electric vacuum tube. Three-quarters
+of the naked-eye stars are in the giant stage, which comprises
+such familiar objects as Betelgeuse, Antares, and Aldebaran, but
+most of them are much denser than these greatly inflated bodies.
+The pinnacle is reached in the intensely hot white stars of the
+helium class, in whose spectra the lines of this gas are very
+conspicuous. The density of these stars is perhaps one-tenth that
+of the sun. Sirius, also very hot, is nearly twice as dense. Then
+comes the cooling stage, characterized, as already remarked, by
+increasing density, and also by increasing chemical complexity
+resulting from falling temperature. This life cycle is probably
+not followed by all stars, but it may hold true for millions of
+them.
+
+The existence of giant and dwarf stars has been fully proved by
+the remarkable work of Adams and his associates on Mount Wilson,
+where his method of determining a star's distance and intrinsic
+luminosity by spectroscopic observations has already been applied
+to 2,000 stars. Discussion of the results leads at once to the
+recognition of the two great classes of giants and dwarfs. Now
+comes the work of Michelson and Pease to cap the climax, giving us
+the actual diameter of a typical giant star, in close agreement with
+predictions based upon theory. From this diameter we may conclude that
+the density of Betelgeuse is extremely low, in harmony with Russell's
+theory, which is further supported by spectroscopic analysis of
+the star's light, revealing evidence of the comparatively low
+temperature called for by the theory at this early stage of stellar
+existence.
+
+TWO OTHER GIANTS
+
+The diameter of Arcturus was successfully measured by Mr. Pease
+at Mount Wilson on April 15. As the mirrors of the interferometer
+were moved apart, the fringes gradually decreased in visibility
+until they finally disappeared at a mirror separation of 19.6 feet.
+Adopting a mean wave-length of 5600/10000000 of a millimetre for
+the light of Arcturus, this gives a value of 0.022 of a second of
+arc for the angular diameter of the star. If we use a mean value
+of 0.095 of a second for the parallax, the corresponding linear
+diameter comes out 21,000,000 miles. The angular diameter, as in
+the case of Betelgeuse, is in remarkably close agreement with the
+diameter predicted from theory. Antares, the third star measured
+by Mr. Pease, is the largest of all. If it is actually a member of
+the Scorpius-Centaurus group, as we have strong reason to believe,
+it is fully 350 light-years from the earth, and its diameter is
+about 400,000,000 miles.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 28. Diameters of the Sun, Arcturus, Betelgeuse,
+and Antares compared with the orbit of Mars.
+
+Sun, diameter, 865,000 miles.
+
+Arcturus, diameter, 21,000,000 miles.
+
+Betelgeuse, diameter, 215,000,000 miles.
+
+Antares, diameter, 400,000,000 miles.]
+
+It now remains to make further measures of Betelgeuse, especially
+because its marked changes in brightness suggest possible variations
+in diameter. We must also apply the interferometer method to stars
+of the various spectral types, in order to afford a sure basis for
+future studies of stellar evolution. Unfortunately, only a few
+giant stars are certain to fall within the range of our present
+instrument. An interferometer of 70-feet aperture would be needed
+to measure Sirius accurately, and one of twice this size to deal
+with less brilliant white stars. A 100-foot instrument, if feasible
+to build, would permit objects representing most of the chief stages
+of stellar development to be measured, thus contributing in the
+highest degree to the progress of our knowledge of the life history
+of the stars. Fortunately, though the mechanical difficulties are
+great, the optical problem is insignificant, and the cost of the
+entire apparatus, though necessarily high, would be only a small
+fraction of that of a telescope of corresponding aperture, if such
+could be built. A 100-foot interferometer might be designed in
+many different forms, and one of these may ultimately be found
+to be within the range of possibility. Meanwhile the 20-foot
+interferometer has been improved so materially that it now promises
+to yield approximate measures of stars at first supposed to be
+beyond its capacity.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 29. Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades),
+was also known to the Arabs as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart
+of the Bull," and "The Great Camel" (Hubble).
+
+Like Betelgeuse and Antares, it is notable for its red color, which
+accounts for the fact that its image on this photograph is hardly
+more conspicuous than the images of stars which are actually much
+fainter but contain a larger proportion of blue light, to which
+the photographic plates here employed are more sensitive than to
+red or yellow. Aldebaran is about 50 light-years from the earth.
+Interferometer measures, now in progress on Mount Wilson, indicate
+that its angular diameter is about 0.020 of a second.]
+
+While the theory of dwarf and giant stars and the measurements just
+described afford no direct evidence bearing on Laplace's explanation
+of the formation of planets, they show that stars exist which are
+comparable in diameter with our solar system, and suggest that the
+sun must have shrunk from vast dimensions. The mode of formation
+of systems like our own, and of other systems numerously illustrated
+in the heavens, is one of the most fascinating problems of astronomy.
+Much light has been thrown on it by recent investigations, rendered
+possible by the development of new and powerful instruments and by
+advances in physics of the most fundamental character. All the
+evidence confirms the existence of dwarf and giant stars, but much
+work must be done before the entire course of stellar evolution
+can be explained.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+COSMIC CRUCIBLES
+
+"Shelter during Raids," marking the entrance to underground passages,
+was a sign of common occurrence and sinister suggestion throughout
+London during the war. With characteristic ingenuity and craftiness,
+ostensibly for purposes of peace but with bomb-carrying capacity
+as a prime specification, the Zeppelin had been developed by the
+Germans to a point where it seriously threatened both London and
+Paris. Searchlights, range-finders, and anti-aircraft guns, surpassed
+by the daring ventures of British and French airmen, would have
+served but little against the night invader except for its one
+fatal defect--the inflammable nature of the hydrogen gas that kept
+it aloft. A single explosive bullet served to transform a Zeppelin
+into a heap of scorched and twisted metal. This characteristic
+of hydrogen caused the failure of the Zeppelin raids.
+
+Had the war lasted a few months longer, however, the work of American
+scientists would have made our counter-attack in the air a formidable
+one. At the signing of the armistice hundreds of cylinders of compressed
+helium lay at the docks ready for shipment abroad. Extracted from
+the natural gas of Texas wells by new and ingenious processes,
+this substitute for hydrogen, almost as light and absolutely
+uninflammable, produced in quantities of millions of cubic feet,
+would have made the dirigibles of the Allies masters of the air. The
+special properties of this remarkable gas, previously obtainable only
+in minute quantities, would have sufficed to reverse the situation.
+
+SOLAR HELIUM
+
+Helium, as its name implies, is of solar origin. In 1868, when
+Lockyer first directed his spectroscope to the great flames or
+prominences that rise thousands of miles, sometimes hundreds of
+thousands, above the surface of the sun, he instantly identified
+the characteristic red and blue radiations of hydrogen. In the
+yellow, close to the position of the well-known double line of
+sodium, but not quite coincident with it, he detected a new line,
+of great brilliancy, extending to the highest levels. Its similarity
+in this respect with the lines of hydrogen led him to recognize
+the existence of a new and very light gas, unknown to terrestrial
+chemistry.
+
+Many years passed before any chemical laboratory on earth was able
+to match this product of the great laboratory of the sun. In 1896
+Ramsay at last succeeded in separating helium, recognized by the same
+yellow line in its spectrum, in minute quantities from the mineral
+uraninite. Once available for study under electrical excitation in
+vacuum tubes, helium was found to have many other lines in its
+spectrum, which have been identified in the spectra of solar
+prominences, gaseous nebulę, and hot stars. Indeed, there is a
+stellar class known as helium stars, because of the dominance of
+this gas in their atmospheres.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 30. Solar prominences, photographed with the
+spectroheliograph without an eclipse (Ellerman).
+
+In these luminous gaseous clouds, which sometimes rise to elevations
+exceeding half the sun's diameter, the new gas helium was discovered
+by Lockyer in 1868. Helium was not found on the earth until 1896.
+Since then it has been shown to be a prominent constituent of nebulę
+and hot stars.]
+
+The chief importance of helium lies in the clue it has afforded to
+the constitution of matter and the transmutation of the elements.
+Radium and other radioactive substances, such as uranium, spontaneously
+emit negatively charged particles of extremely small mass (electrons),
+and also positively charged particles of much greater mass, known
+as alpha particles. Rutherford and Geiger actually succeeded in
+counting the number of alpha particles emitted per second by a
+known mass of radium, and showed that these were charged helium
+atoms.
+
+To discuss more at length the extraordinary characteristics of
+helium, which plays so large a part in celestial affairs, would
+take us too far afield. Let us therefore pass to another case in
+which a fundamental discovery, this time in physics, was first
+foreshadowed by astronomical observation.
+
+SUN-SPOTS AS MAGNETS
+
+No archęologist, whether Young or Champollion deciphering the Rosetta
+Stone, or Rawlinson copying the cuneiform inscription on the cliff
+of Behistun, was ever faced by a more fascinating problem than that
+which confronts the solar physicist engaged in the interpretation
+of the hieroglyphic lines of sun-spot spectra. The colossal whirling
+storms that constitute sun-spots, so vast that the earth would make
+but a moment's scant mouthful for them, differ materially from
+the general light of the sun when examined with the spectroscope.
+Observing them visually many years ago, the late Professor Young,
+of Princeton, found among their complex features a number of double
+lines which he naturally attributed, in harmony with the physical
+knowledge of the time, to the effect of "reversal" by superposed
+layers of vapors of different density and temperature. What he
+actually saw, however, as was proved at the Mount Wilson Observatory
+in 1908, was the effect of a powerful magnetic field on radiation,
+now known as the Zeeman effect.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 31. The 150-foot tower telescope of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory.
+
+An image of the sun about 16 inches in diameter is formed in the
+laboratory at the base of the tower. Below this, in a well extending
+80 feet into the earth, is the powerful spectroscope with which
+the magnetic fields in sun-spots and the general magnetic field
+of the sun are studied.]
+
+Faraday was the first to detect the influence of magnetism on light.
+Between the poles of a large electromagnet, powerful for those
+days (1845), he placed a block of very dense glass. The plane of
+polarization of a beam of light, which passed unaffected through
+the glass before the switch was closed, was seen to rotate when the
+magnetic field was produced by the flow of the current. A similar
+rotation is now familiar in the well-known tests of sugars--lęvulose
+and dextrose--which rotate plane-polarized light to left and right,
+respectively.
+
+But in this first discovery of a relationship between light and
+magnetism Faraday had not taken the more important step that he
+coveted--to determine whether the vibration period of a light-emitting
+particle is subject to change in a magnetic field. He attempted
+this in 1862--the last experiment of his life. A sodium flame was
+placed between the poles of a magnet, and the yellow lines were
+watched in a spectroscope when the magnet was excited. No change
+could be detected, and none was found by subsequent investigators
+until Zeeman, of Leiden, with more powerful instruments made his
+famous discovery, the twenty-fifth anniversary of which has recently
+been celebrated.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 32. Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+Observatory.
+
+Showing the large magnet (on the left) and the spectroscopes used
+for the study of the effect of magnetism on radiation. A single line
+in the spectrum is split by the magnetic field into from three to
+twenty-one components, as illustrated in Fig. 34. The corresponding
+lines in the spectra of sun-spots are split up in precisely the
+same way, thus indicating the presence of powerful magnetic fields
+in the sun.]
+
+His method of procedure was similar to Faraday's, but his magnet and
+spectroscope were much more powerful, and a theory due to Lorentz,
+predicting the nature of the change to be expected, was available
+as a check on his results. When the current was applied the lines
+were seen to widen. In a still more powerful magnetic field each
+of them split into two components (when the observation was made
+along the lines of force), and the light of the components of each
+line was found to be circularly polarized in opposite directions.
+Strictly in harmony with Lorentz's theory, this splitting and
+polarization proved the presence in the luminous vapor of exactly such
+negatively charged electrons as had been indicated there previously
+by very different experimental methods.
+
+In 1908 great cyclonic storms, or vortices, were discovered at
+the Mount Wilson Observatory centring in sun-spots. Such whirling
+masses of hot vapors, inferred from Sir Joseph Thomson's results
+to contain electrically charged particles, should give rise to a
+magnetic field. This hypothesis at once suggested that the double
+lines observed by Young might really represent the Zeeman effect.
+The test was made, and all the characteristic phenomena of radiation
+in a magnetic field were found.
+
+Thus a great physical experiment is constantly being performed
+for us in the sun. Every large sunspot contains a magnetic field
+covering many thousands of square miles, within which the spectrum
+lines of iron, manganese, chromium, titanium, vanadium, calcium,
+and other metallic vapors are so powerfully affected that their
+widening and splitting can be seen with telescopes and spectroscopes
+of moderate size.
+
+THE TOWER TELESCOPE
+
+Both of these illustrations show how the physicist and chemist,
+when adequately armed for astronomical attack, can take advantage
+in their studies of the stupendous processes visible in cosmic
+crucibles, heated to high temperatures and influenced, as in the
+case of sun-spots, by intense magnetic fields. Certain modern
+instruments, like the 60-foot and 150-foot tower telescopes on
+Mount Wilson, are especially designed for observing the course
+of these experiments. The second of these telescopes produces at
+a fixed point in a laboratory an image of the sun about 16 inches
+in diameter, thus enlarging the sun-spots to such a scale that
+the magnetic phenomena of their various parts can be separately
+studied. This analysis is accomplished with a spectroscope 80 feet
+in length, mounted in a subterranean chamber beneath the tower. The
+varied results of such investigations cannot be described here.
+Only one of them may be mentioned--the discovery that the entire sun,
+rotating on its axis, is a great magnet. Hence we may reasonably
+infer that every star, and probably every planet, is also a magnet,
+as the earth has been known to be since the days of Gilbert's "De
+Magnete." Here lies one of the best clues for the physicist who
+seeks the cause of magnetism, and attempts to produce it, as Barnett
+has recently succeeded in doing, by rapidly whirling masses of
+metal in the laboratory.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 33. Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen
+atmosphere. (Benioff).
+
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph. The electric vortex that
+causes the magnetic field of the spot lies at a lower level, and
+is not shown by such photographs.]
+
+Perhaps a word of caution should be interpolated at this point.
+Solar magnetism in no wise accounts for the sun's gravitational
+power. Indeed, its attraction cannot be felt by the most delicate
+instruments at the distance of the earth, and would still be unknown
+were it not for the influence of magnetism on light.
+
+Auroras, magnetic storms, and such electric currents as those that
+recently deranged several Atlantic cables are due, not to the magnetism
+of the sun or its spots, but probably to streams of electrons, shot
+out from highly disturbed areas of the solar surface surrounding
+great sun-spots, traversing ninety-three million miles of the ether
+of space, and penetrating deep into the earth's atmosphere. These
+striking phenomena lead us into another chapter of physics, which
+limitations of space forbid us to pursue.
+
+STELLAR CHEMISTRY
+
+Let us turn again to chemistry, and see where experiments performed
+in cosmic laboratories can serve as a guide to the investigator.
+A spinning solar tornado, incomparably greater in scale than the
+devastating whirlwinds that so often cut narrow paths of destruction
+through town and country in the Middle West, gradually gives rise
+to a sun-spot. The expansion produced by the centrifugal force at
+the centre of the storm cools the intensely hot gases of the solar
+atmosphere to a point where chemical union can occur. Titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in most regions of the sun, join
+to form the vapor of titanium oxide, characterized in the sunspot
+spectrum by fluted bands, made up of hundreds of regularly spaced
+lines. Similarly magnesium and hydrogen combine as magnesium hydride
+and calcium and hydrogen form calcium hydride. None of these compounds,
+stable at the high temperatures of sun-spots, has been much studied
+in the laboratory. The regions in which they exist, though cooler
+than the general atmosphere of the sun, are at temperatures of
+several thousand degrees, attained in our laboratories only with
+the aid of such devices as powerful electric furnaces.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 34. Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic
+field (Babcock).
+
+The upper and lower strips show lines in the spectrum of chromium,
+observed without a magnetic field. When subjected to the influence
+of magnetism, these single lines are split into several components.
+Thus the first line on the right is resolved by the field into
+three components, one of which (plane polarized) appears in the
+second strip, while the other two, which are polarized in a plane
+at right angles to that of the middle component, are shown on the
+third strip. The next line is split by the magnetic field into
+twelve components, four of which appear in the second strip and
+eight in the third. The magnetic fields in sun-spots affect these
+lines in precisely the same way.]
+
+It is interesting to follow our line of reasoning to the stars,
+which differ widely in temperature at various stages in their
+life-cycle.[*] A sun-spot is a solar tornado, wherein the intensely
+hot solar vapors are cooled by expansion, giving rise to the compounds
+already named. A red star, in Russell's scheme of stellar evolution,
+is a cooler sun, vast in volume and far more tenuous than atmospheric
+air when in the initial period of the "giant" stage, but compressed
+and denser than water in the "dwarf" stage, into which our sun has
+already entered as it gradually approaches the last phases of its
+existence. Therefore we should find, throughout the entire atmosphere
+of such stars, some of the same compounds that are produced within
+the comparatively small limits of a sun-spot. This, of course,
+on the correct assumption that sun and stars are made of the same
+substances. Fowler has already identified the bands of titanium
+oxide in such red stars as the giant Betelgeuse, and in others
+of its class. It is safe to predict that an interesting chapter
+in the chemistry of the future will be based upon the study of
+such compounds, both in the laboratory and under the progressive
+temperature conditions afforded by the countless stellar "giants"
+and "dwarfs" that precede and follow the solar state.
+
+[Footnote *: See Chapter II.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 35. Electric furnace in the Pasadena laboratory
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory.
+
+With which the chemical phenomena observed in sun-spots and red
+stars are experimentally imitated.]
+
+ASTROPHYSICAL LABORATORIES
+
+It is precisely in this long sequence of physical and chemical
+changes that the astrophysicist and the astrochemist can find the
+means of pushing home their attack. It is true, of course, that
+the laboratory investigator has a great advantage in his ability
+to control his experiments, and to vary their progress at will.
+But by judicious use of the transcendental temperatures, far out
+ranging those of his furnaces, and extreme conditions, which he
+can only partially imitate, afforded by the sun, stars, and nebulę,
+he may greatly widen the range of his inquiries. The sequence of
+phenomena seen during the growth of a sun-spot, or the observation
+of spots of different sizes, and the long series of successive
+steps that mark the rise and decay of stellar life, resemble the
+changes that the experimenter brings about as he increases and
+diminishes the current in the coils of his magnet or raises and
+lowers the temperature of his electric furnace, examining from
+time to time the spectrum of the glowing vapors, and noting the
+changes shown by the varying appearance of their lines.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 36. Titanium oxide in red stars.
+
+The upper spectrum is that of titanium in the flame of the electric
+arc, where its combination with oxygen gives rise to the bands of
+titanium oxide (Fowler). The lower strip shows the spectrum of
+the red star Mira (Omicron Ceti), as drawn by Cortie at Stonyhurst.
+The bands of titanium oxide are clearly present in the star.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 37. Titanium oxide in sun-spots.
+
+The upper strip shows a portion of the spectrum of a sun-spot
+(Ellerman); the lower one the corresponding region of the spectrum
+of titanium oxide (King). The fluted bands of the oxide spectrum
+are easily identified in the spot, where they indicate that titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in the solar atmosphere, unite in the
+spot because of the cooling produced by expansion in the vortex.]
+
+Astronomical observations of this character, it should be noted, are
+most effective when constantly tested and interpreted by laboratory
+experiment. Indeed, a modern astrophysical observatory should be
+equipped like a great physical laboratory, provided on the one hand
+with telescopes and accessory apparatus of the greatest attainable
+power, and on the other with every device known to the investigator
+of radiation and the related physical and chemical phenomena. Its
+telescopes, especially designed with the aims of the physicist and
+chemist in view, bring images of sun, stars, nebulę, and other
+heavenly bodies within the reach of powerful spectroscopes, sensitive
+bolometers and thermopiles, and the long array of other appliances
+available for the measurement and analysis of radiation. Its electric
+furnaces, arcs, sparks, and vacuum tubes, its apparatus for increasing
+and decreasing pressure, varying chemical conditions, and subjecting
+luminous gases and vapors to the influence of electric and magnetic
+fields, provide the means of imitating celestial phenomena, and of
+repeating and interpreting the experiments observed at the telescope.
+And the advantage thus derived, as we have seen, is not confined
+to the astronomer, who has often been able, by making fundamental
+physical and chemical discoveries, to repay his debt to the physicist
+and chemist for the apparatus and methods which he owes to them.
+
+NEWTON AND EINSTEIN
+
+Take, for another example, the greatest law of physics--Newton's
+law of gravitation. Huge balls of lead, as used by Cavendish, produce
+by their gravitational effect a minute rotation of a delicately
+suspended bar, carrying smaller balls at its extremities. But no
+such feeble means sufficed for Newton's purpose. To prove the law
+of gravitation he had recourse to the tremendous pull on the moon
+of the entire mass of the earth, and then extended his researches
+to the mutual attractions of all the bodies of the solar system.
+Later Herschel applied this law to the suns which constitute double
+stars, and to-day Adams observes from Mount Wilson stars falling
+with great velocity toward the centre of the galactic system under
+the combined pull of the millions of objects that compose it. Thus
+full advantage has been taken of the possibility of utilizing the
+great masses of the heavenly bodies for the discovery and application
+of a law of physics and its reciprocal use in explaining celestial
+motions.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 38. The Cavendish experiment.
+
+Two lead balls, each two inches in diameter, are attached to the
+ends of a torsion rod six feet long, which is suspended by a fine
+wire. The experiment consists in measuring the rotation of the
+suspended system, caused by the gravitational attraction of two
+lead spheres, each twelve inches in diameter, acting on the two
+small lead balls.]
+
+Or consider the Einstein theory of relativity, the truth or falsity
+of which is no less fundamental to physics. Its inception sprang from
+the Michelson-Morley experiment, made in a laboratory in Cleveland,
+which showed that motion of the earth through the ether of space could
+not be detected. All of the three chief tests of Einstein's general
+theory are astronomical--because of the great masses required to
+produce the minute effects predicted: the motion of the perihelion
+of Mercury, the deflection of the light of a star by the attraction
+of the sun, and the shift of the lines of the solar spectrum toward
+the red--questions not yet completely answered.
+
+But it is in the study of the constitution of matter and the evolution
+of the elements, the deepest and most critical problem of physics
+and chemistry, that the extremes of pressure and temperature in the
+heavenly bodies, and the prevalence of other physical conditions not
+yet successfully imitated on earth, promise the greatest progress.
+It fortunately happens that astrophysical research is now at the
+very apex of its development, founded as it is upon many centuries
+of astronomical investigation, rejuvenated by the introduction
+into the observatory of all the modern devices of the physicist,
+and strengthened with instruments of truly extraordinary range
+and power. These instruments bring within reach experiments that
+are in progress on some minute region of the sun's disk, or in
+some star too distant even to be glimpsed with ordinary telescopes.
+Indeed, the huge astronomical lenses and mirrors now available
+serve for these remote light-sources exactly the purpose of the
+lens or mirror employed by the physicist to project upon the slit
+of his spectroscope the image of a spark or arc or vacuum tube
+within which atoms and molecules are exposed to the influence of
+the electric discharge. The physicist has the advantage of complete
+control over the experimental conditions, while the astrophysicist
+must observe and interpret the experiments performed for him in
+remote laboratories. In actual practice, the two classes of work
+must be done in the closest conjunction, if adequate utilization
+is to be made of either. And this is only natural, for the trend
+of recent research has made clear the fact that one of the three
+greatest problems of modern astronomy and astrophysics, ranking
+with the structure of the universe and the evolution of celestial
+bodies, is the constitution of matter. Let us see why this is so.
+
+TRANSMUTATION OF THE ELEMENTS
+
+The dream of the alchemist was to transmute one element into another,
+with the prime object of producing gold. Such transmutation has been
+actually accomplished within the last few years, but the process
+is invariably one of disintegration--the more complex elements
+being broken up into simpler constituents. Much remains to be done
+in this same direction; and here the stars and nebulę, which show
+the spectra of the elements under a great variety of conditions,
+should help to point the way. The progressive changes in spectra,
+from the exclusive indications of the simple elements hydrogen,
+helium, nitrogen, possibly carbon, and the terrestrially unknown
+gas nebulium in the gaseous nebulę, to the long list of familiar
+substances, including several chemical compounds, in the red stars,
+may prove to be fundamentally significant when adequately studied
+from the standpoint of the investigator of atomic structure. The
+existing evidence seems to favor the view, recently expressed by
+Saha, that many of these differences are due to varying degrees
+of ionization, the outer electrons of the atoms being split off
+by high temperature or electrical excitation. It is even possible
+that cosmic crucibles, unrivalled by terrestrial ones, may help
+materially to reveal the secret of the formation of complex elements
+from simpler ones. Physicists now believe that all of the elements are
+compounded of hydrogen atoms, bound together by negative electrons.
+Thus helium is made up of four hydrogen atoms, yet the atomic weight
+of helium (4) is less than four times that of hydrogen (1.008).
+The difference may represent the mass of the electrical energy
+released when the transmutation occurred.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 39. The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius (Ritchey).
+
+The gas "nebulium," not yet found on the earth, is the most
+characteristic constituent of irregular nebulę. Nebulium is recognized
+by two green lines in its spectrum, which cause the green color of
+nebulę of the gaseous type.]
+
+Eddington has speculated in a most interesting way on this possible
+source of stellar heat in his recent presidential address before the
+British Association for the Advancement of Science (see _Nature_,
+September 2, 1920). He points out that the old contraction hypothesis,
+according to which the source of solar and stellar heat was supposed
+to reside in the slow condensation of a radiating mass of gas under
+the action of gravity, is wholly inadequate to explain the observed
+phenomena. If the old view were correct, the earlier history of
+a star, from the giant stage of a cool and diaphanous gas to the
+period of highest temperature, would be run through within eighty
+thousand years, whereas we have the best of evidence that many
+thousands of centuries would not suffice. Some other source of energy
+is imperatively needed. If 5 per cent of a star's mass consists
+originally of hydrogen atoms, which gradually combine in the slow
+process of time to form more complex elements, the total heat thus
+liberated would more than suffice to account for all demands, and
+it would be unnecessary to assume the existence of any other source
+of heat.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 40. Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey).
+
+Luminous matter, in every variety of physical and chemical state,
+is available for study in the most diverse celestial objects, from
+the spiral and irregular nebulę through all the types of stars.
+Doctor van Maanen's measures of the Mount Wilson photographs indicate
+outward motion along the arms of spiral nebulę, while the spectroscope
+shows them to be whirling at enormous velocities.]
+
+COSMIC PRESSURES
+
+This, it may fairly be said, is very speculative, but the fact
+remains that celestial bodies appear to be the only places in which
+the complex elements may be in actual process of formation from their
+known source--hydrogen. At least we may see what a vast variety
+of physical conditions these cosmic crucibles afford. At one end of
+the scale we have the excessively tenuous nebulę, the luminosity of
+which, mysterious in its origin, resembles the electric glow in our
+vacuum tubes. Here we can detect only the lightest and simplest of
+the elements. In the giant stars, also extremely tenuous (the density
+of Betelgeuse can hardly exceed one-thousandth of an atmosphere) we
+observe the spectra of iron, manganese, titanium, calcium, chromium,
+magnesium, vanadium, and sodium, in addition to titanium oxide.
+The outer part of these bodies, from which light reaches us, must
+therefore be at a temperature of only a few thousand degrees, but
+vastly higher temperatures must prevail at their centres. In passing
+up the temperature curve more and more elements appear, the surface
+temperature rises, and the internal temperature may reach millions
+of degrees. At the same time the pressure within must also rise,
+reaching enormous figures in the last stages of stellar life. Cook
+has calculated that the pressure at the centre of the earth is
+between 4,000 and 10,000 tons per square inch, and this must be
+only a very small fraction of that attained within larger celestial
+bodies. Jeans has computed the pressure at the centre of two colliding
+stars as they strike and flatten, and finds it may be of the order
+of 1,000,000,000 tons per square inch--sufficient, if their diameter
+be equal to that of the sun--to vaporize them 100,000 times over.
+
+Compare these pressures with the highest that can be produced on
+earth. If the German gun that bombarded Paris were loaded with a
+solid steel projectile of suitable dimensions, a muzzle velocity
+of 6,000 feet per second could be reached. Suppose this to be fired
+into a tapered hole in a great block of steel. The instantaneous
+pressure, according to Cook, would be about 7,000 tons per square
+inch, only 1/150000 of that possible through the collision of the
+largest stars.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 41. Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount Wilson.
+
+Michelson is measuring the velocity of light between stations on
+Mount Wilson and Mount San Antonio. Astronomical observations afford
+the best means, however, of detecting any possible difference between
+the velocities of light of different colors. From studies of variable
+stars in the cluster Messier 5 Shapley concludes that if there is
+any difference between the velocities of blue and yellow light
+in free space it cannot exceed two inches in one second, the time
+in which light travels 186,000 miles.]
+
+Finally, we may compare the effects of light pressure on the earth
+and stars. Twenty years ago Nichols and Hull succeeded, with the
+aid of the most sensitive apparatus, in measuring the minute
+displacements produced by the pressure of light. The effect is
+so slight, even with the brightest light-sources available, that
+great experimental skill is required to measure it. Yet in the
+case of some of the larger stars Eddington calculates that one-half
+of their mass is supported by radiation pressure, and this against
+their enormous gravitational attraction. In fact, if their mass
+were as great as ten times that of the sun, the radiation pressure
+would so nearly overcome the pull of gravitation that they would
+be likely to break up.
+
+But enough has been said to illustrate the wide variety of experimental
+devices that stand at our service in the laboratories of the heavens.
+Here the physicist and chemist of the future will more and more
+frequently supplement their terrestrial apparatus, and find new
+clues to the complex problems which the amazing progress of recent
+years has already done so much to solve.
+
+PRACTICAL VALUE OF RESEARCHES ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MATTER
+
+The layman has no difficulty in recognizing the practical value
+of researches directed toward the improvement of the incandescent
+lamp or the increased efficiency of the telephone. He can see the
+results in the greatly decreased cost of electric illumination
+and the rapid extension of the range of the human voice. But the
+very men who have made these advances, those who have succeeded
+beyond all expectation in accomplishing the economic purposes in
+view, are most emphatic in their insistence upon the importance
+of research of a more fundamental character. Thus Vice-President
+J. J. Carty, of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company, who
+directs its great Department of Development and Research, and Doctor
+W. J. Whitney, Director of the Research Laboratory of the General
+Electric Company, have repeatedly expressed their indebtedness
+to the investigations of the physicist, made with no thought of
+immediate practical return. Faraday, studying the laws of electricity,
+discovered the principle which rendered the dynamo possible. Maxwell,
+Henry, and Hertz, equally unconcerned with material advantage,
+made wireless telegraphy practicable. In fact, all truly great
+advances are thus derived from fundamental science, and the future
+progress of the world will be largely dependent upon the provision
+made for scientific research, especially in the fields of physics
+and chemistry, which underlie all branches of engineering.
+
+The constitution of matter, therefore, instead of appealing as
+a subject to research only to the natural philosopher or to the
+general student of science, is a question of the greatest practical
+concern. Already the by-products of investigations directed toward
+its elucidation have been numerous and useful in the highest degree.
+Helium has been already cited; X-rays hardly require mention; radium,
+which has so materially aided sufferers from cancer, is still better
+known. Wireless telephony and transcontinental telephony with wires
+were both rendered possible by studies of the nature of the electric
+discharge in vacuum tubes. Thus the "practical man," with his distrust
+of "pure" science, need not resent investments made for the purpose
+of advancing our knowledge of such fundamental subjects as physics
+and chemistry. On the contrary, if true to his name, he should
+help to multiply them many fold in the interest of economic and
+commercial development.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 19395-8.txt or 19395-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/3/9/19395/
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/19395-8.zip b/19395-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d274f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h.zip b/19395-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4cc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/19395-h.htm b/19395-h/19395-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd4411d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/19395-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,2760 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
+<html>
+
+<head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+ <title>The New Heavens</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+ <!--
+ body { background: white; color: black;
+ margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; }
+ h1 { text-align: center; margin-top: 4em;
+ color: black; background: white; }
+ h2 { text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; }
+ h3 { text-align: center; }
+ p.indent { text-indent: 1em; text-align: justify; }
+ p.center { text-align: center; }
+ p.author { text-align: center; font-size: larger; }
+ p.dedication { text-align: center; margin: 2em; }
+ p.subtitle { text-align: center; font-size: larger; }
+ p.image { text-align: center; margin: 0.5em; }
+ p.smaller { font-size: smaller; text-align: justify; }
+ p.footnote { font-size: smaller; text-align: justify; }
+ td.right { text-align: right; }
+ div.image { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;
+ text-align: center; }
+ -->
+ </style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The New Heavens
+
+Author: George Ellery Hale
+
+Release Date: September 28, 2006 [EBook #19395]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 404px;">
+<a name="fig_01">
+<img src="images/fig_01.jpg" width="404" height="553" alt="Fig. 1"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 1. The Constellation of Orion (Hubble).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Photographed with a small camera lens of 1 inch aperture and 5
+inches focal length. The three bright stars in the centre of the
+picture form the belt of Orion. Just below, in the sword handle, is
+an irregular white patch about one-eighth of an inch in diameter.
+This is a small-scale image of the great nebula in Orion, shown
+on a larger scale in Fig. 2.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h1>THE NEW HEAVENS</h1>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: smaller;">BY</p>
+
+<p class="author">GEORGE ELLERY HALE</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: smaller; margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;">DIRECTOR OF THE MOUNT
+ WILSON OBSERVATORY OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="margin: 2em;">WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+NEW YORK<br />
+CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS<br />
+1922
+</p>
+
+<p class="dedication">TO MY WIFE</p>
+
+<h2>PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Fourteen years ago, in a book entitled "The Study of Stellar Evolution"
+(University of Chicago Press, 1908), I attempted to give in untechnical
+language an account of some modern methods of astrophysical research.
+This book is now out of print, and the rapid progress of science has
+left it completely out of date. As I have found no opportunity to
+prepare a new edition, or to write another book of similar purpose,
+I have adopted the simpler expedient of contributing occasional
+articles on recent developments to <i>Scribner's Magazine</i>,
+three of which are included in the present volume.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+I am chiefly indebted, for the illustrations, to the Mount Wilson
+Observatory and the present and former members of its staff whose
+names appear in the captions. Special thanks are due to Mr. Ferdinand
+Ellerman, who made all of the photographs of the observatory buildings
+and instruments, and prepared all material for reproduction. The
+cut of the original Cavendish apparatus is copied from the
+<i>Philosophical Transactions for 1798</i> with the kind permission
+of the Royal Society, and I am also indebted to the Royal Society
+and to Professor Fowler and Father Cortie for the privilege of
+reproducing from the <i>Proceedings</i> two illustrations of their
+spectroscopic results.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">G. E. H.</p>
+
+<p>January, 1922.</p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<table>
+ <tr><td>CHAPTER</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="right">I.</td>
+ <td><a href="#chapter_I">THE NEW HEAVENS</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="right">II.</td>
+ <td><a href="#chapter_II">GIANT STARS</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="right">III.</td>
+ <td><a href="#chapter_III">COSMIC CRUCIBLES</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+<p>FIG.</p>
+<ol>
+ <li><a href="#fig_01">The Constellation of Orion (Hubble)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_02">The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_03">Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson,
+ showing the observatory buildings among the trees and bushes</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_04">The 100-inch Hooker telescope</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_05">Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch
+ telescope</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_06">Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope,
+ ready to leave Pasadena for Mount Wilson</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_07">Section of a steel girder for dome covering
+ the 100-inch telescope, on its way up Mount Wilson</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_08">Erecting the steel building and revolving dome
+ that cover the Hooker telescope</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_09">Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in
+ diameter, covering the 100-inch Hooker telescope</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_10">One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered, rising
+ out of the silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower end
+ of telescope tube. (Seen above)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_11">The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause the
+ 100-inch Hooker telescope to follow the stars</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_12">Large irregular nebula and star cluster in
+ Sagittarius (Duncan)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_13">Faint spiral nebula in the constellation of the
+ Hunting Dogs (Pease)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_14">Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on
+ (Ritchey)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_15">Photograph of the moon made on September 15,
+ 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_16">Photograph of the moon made on September 15,
+ 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_17">Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few
+ nebul&aelig; known to vary in brightness and form</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_18">Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with the
+ 60-inch (Ritchey) and 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_19">Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb, 140,000
+ miles high (Ellerman)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_20">The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from a
+ direct photograph showing many sun-spots (Whitney)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_21">Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917
+ (Whitney)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_22">Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of the
+ sun (Ellerman)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_23">Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch Hooker
+ telescope, and path of the two pencils of light from a star when
+ under observation with the 20-foot Michelson interferometer</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_24">Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for
+ measuring star diameters, attached to upper end of the skeleton
+ tube of the 100-inch Hooker telescope</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_25">The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle),
+ familiar as the conspicuous red star in the right shoulder of Orion
+ (Hubble)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_26">Arcturus (within the white circle), known to
+ the Arabs as the "Lance Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great
+ Horn" or the "Palace of the Emperors" (Hubble)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_27">The giant star Antares (within the white circle),
+ notable for its red color in the constellation Scorpio, and named by
+ the Greeks "A Rival of Mars" (Hubble)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_28">Diameters of the Sun, Arcturus, Betelgeuse, and
+ Antares compared with the orbit of Mars</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_29">Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades), was
+ also known to the Arabs as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart of the
+ Bull," and "The Great Camel" (Hubble)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_30">Solar prominences, photographed with the
+ spectroheliograph without an eclipse (Ellerman)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_31">The 150-foot tower telescope of the Mount Wilson
+ Observatory</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_32">Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+ Observatory</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_33">Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen atmosphere
+ (Benioff)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_34">Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic field
+ (Bacock)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_35">Electric furnace in the Pasadena Laboratory of
+ the Mount Wilson Observatory</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_36">Titanium oxide in red stars</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_37">Titanium oxide in sun-spots</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_38">The Cavendish experiment</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_39">The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius (Ritchey)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_40">Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey)</a></li>
+ <li><a href="#fig_41">Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount
+ Wilson</a></li>
+</ol>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter_I">CHAPTER I</a></h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">THE NEW HEAVENS</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Go out under the open sky, on a clear and moon-less night, and try
+to count the stars. If your station lies well beyond the glare of
+cities, which is often strong enough to conceal all but the brighter
+objects, you will find the task a difficult one. Ranging through
+the six magnitudes of the Greek astronomers, from the brilliant
+Sirius to the faintest perceptible points of light, the stars are
+scattered in great profusion over the celestial vault. Their number
+seems limitless, yet actual count will show that the eye has been
+deceived. In a survey of the entire heavens, from pole to pole,
+it would not be possible to detect more than from six to seven
+thousand stars with the naked eye. From a single viewpoint, even
+with the keenest vision, only two or three thousand can be seen.
+So many of these are at the limit of visibility that Ptolemy's
+"Almagest," a catalogue of all the stars whose places were measured
+with the simple instruments of the Greek astronomers, contains
+only 1,022 stars.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Back of Ptolemy, through the speculations of the Greek philosophers,
+the mysteries of the Egyptian sun-god, and the observations of the
+ancient Chaldeans, the rich and varied traditions of astronomy stretch
+far away into a shadowy past. All peoples, in the first stirrings
+of their intellectual youth, drawn by the nightly splendor of the
+skies and the ceaseless motions of the planets, have set up some
+system of the heavens, in which the sense of wonder and the desire
+for knowledge were no less concerned than the practical necessities
+of life. The measurement of time and the needs of navigation have
+always stimulated astronomical research, but the intellectual demand
+has been keen from the first. Hipparchus and the Greek astronomers
+of the Alexandrian school, shaking off the vagaries of magic and
+divination, placed astronomy on a scientific basis, though the
+reaction of the Middle Ages caused even such a great astronomer
+as Tycho Brahe himself to revert for a time to the practice of
+astrology.
+</p>
+
+<h3>EARLY INSTRUMENTS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The transparent sky of Egypt, rarely obscured by clouds, greatly
+favored Ptolemy's observations. Here was prepared his great star
+catalogue, based upon the earlier observations of Hipparchus, and
+destined to remain alone in its field for more than twelve centuries,
+until Ulugh Bey, Prince of Samarcand, repeated the work of his
+Greek predecessor. Throughout this period the stars were looked
+upon mainly as points of reference for the observation of planetary
+motions, and the instruments of observation underwent little change.
+The astrolabe, which consists of a circle divided into degrees,
+with a rotating diametral arm for sighting purposes, embodies their
+essential principle. In its simple form, the astrolabe was suspended
+in a vertical plane, and the stars were observed by bringing the
+sights on the movable diameter to bear upon them. Their altitude
+was then read off on the circle. Ultimately, the circle of the
+astrolabe, mounted with one of its diameters parallel to the earth's
+axis, became the armillary sphere, the precursor of our modern
+equatorial telescope. Great stone quadrants fixed in the meridian
+were also employed from very early times. Out of such furnishings,
+little modified by the lapse of centuries, was provided the elaborate
+instrumental equipment of Uranibourg, the great observatory built
+by Tycho Brahe on the Danish island of Huen in 1576. In this "City
+of the Heavens," still dependent solely upon the unaided eye as a
+collector of starlight, Tycho made those invaluable observations
+that enabled Kepler to deduce the true laws of planetary motion. But
+after all these centuries the sidereal world embraced no objects,
+barring an occasional comet or temporary star, that lay beyond
+the vision of the earliest astronomers. The conceptions of the
+stellar universe, except those that ignored the solid ground of
+observation, were limited by the small aperture of the human eye.
+But the dawn of another age was at hand.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 419px;">
+<a name="fig_02">
+<img src="images/fig_02.jpg" width="419" height="362" alt="Fig. 2"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 2. The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Photographed with the 100-inch telescope. This short-exposure photograph
+shows only the bright central part of the nebula. A longer exposure
+reveals a vast outlying region.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The dominance of the sun as the central body of the solar system,
+recognized by Aristarchus of Samos nearly three centuries before
+the Christian era, but subsequently denied under the authority of
+Ptolemy and the teachings of the Church, was reaffirmed by the
+Polish monk Copernicus in 1543. Kepler's laws of the motions of the
+planets, showing them to revolve in ellipses instead of circles,
+removed the last defect of the Copernican system, and left no room for
+its rejection. But both the world and the Church clung to tradition,
+and some visible demonstration was urgently needed. This was supplied
+by Galileo through his invention of the telescope.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 689px;">
+<a name="fig_03">
+<img src="images/fig_03.jpg" width="689" height="239" alt="Fig. 3"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 3. Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson,
+showing the observatory buildings among the trees and bushes.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The 60-foot tower on the extreme left, which is at the edge of a
+precipitous ca&ntilde;on 1,500 feet deep, is the vertical telescope
+of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. Above it are the
+"Monastery" and other buildings used as quarters by the astronomers
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory while at work on the mountain. (The
+offices, computing-rooms, laboratories, and shops are in Pasadena.)
+Following the ridge, we come successively to the dome of the 10-inch
+photographic telescope, the power-house, laboratory, Snow horizontal
+telescope, 60-foot-tower telescope, and 150-foot-tower telescope,
+these last three used for the study of the sun. The dome of the
+60-inch reflecting telescope is just below the 150-foot tower,
+while that of the 100-inch telescope is farther to the right. The
+altitude of Mount Wilson is about 5,900 feet.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The crystalline lens of the human eye, limited by the iris to a
+maximum opening about one-quarter of an inch in diameter, was the
+only collector of starlight available to the Greek and Arabian
+astronomers. Galileo's telescope, which in 1610 suddenly pushed
+out the boundaries of the known stellar universe and brought many
+thousands of stars into range, had a lens about 2-1/4 inches in
+diameter. The area of this lens, proportional to the square of
+its diameter, was about eighty-one times that of the pupil of the
+eye. This great increase in the amount of light collected should
+bring to view stars down to magnitude 10.5, of which nearly half
+a million are known to exist.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is not too much to say that Galileo's telescope revolutionized
+human thought. Turned to the moon, it revealed mountains, plains,
+and valleys, while the sun, previously supposed immaculate in its
+perfection, was seen to be blemished with dark spots changing from
+day to day. Jupiter, shown to be accompanied by four encircling
+satellites, afforded a picture in miniature of the solar system,
+and strongly supported the Copernican view of its organization,
+which was conclusively demonstrated by Galileo's discovery of the
+changing phases of Venus and the variation of its apparent diameter
+during its revolution about the sun. Galileo's proof of the Copernican
+theory marked the downfall of medi&aelig;valism and established
+astronomy on a firm foundation. But while his telescope multiplied
+a hundredfold the number of visible stars, more than a century
+elapsed before the true possibilities of sidereal astronomy were
+perceived.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_04">
+<img src="images/fig_04.jpg" width="417" height="531" alt="Fig. 4"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 4. The 100-inch Hooker telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Sir William Herschel was the first astronomer to make a serious
+attack upon the problem of the structure of the stellar universe.
+In his first memoir on the "Construction of the Heavens," read
+before the Royal Society in 1784, he wrote as follows:
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+"Hitherto the sidereal heavens have, not inadequately for the purpose
+designed, been represented by the concave surface of a sphere in
+the centre of which the eye of an observer might be supposed to be
+placed.... In future we shall look upon those regions into which we
+may now penetrate by means of such large telescopes, as a naturalist
+regards a rich extent of ground or chain of mountains containing
+strata variously inclined and directed as well as consisting of
+very different materials."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+On turning his 18-inch reflecting telescope to a part of the Milky
+Way in Orion, he found its whitish appearance to be completely
+resolved into small stars, not separately seen with his former
+telescopes. "The glorious multitude of stars of all possible sizes
+that presented themselves here to my view are truly astonishing; but
+as the dazzling brightness of glittering stars may easily mislead
+us so far as to estimate their number greater than it really is,
+I endeavored to ascertain this point by counting many fields, and
+computing from a mean of them, what a certain given portion of
+the Milky Way might contain." By this means, applied not only to
+the Milky Way but to all parts of the heavens, Herschel determined
+the approximate number and distribution of all the stars within
+reach of his instrument.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+By comparing many hundred gauges or counts of stars visible in
+a field of about one-quarter of the area of the moon, Herschel
+found that the average number of stars increased toward the great
+circle which most nearly conforms with the course of the Milky Way.
+Ninety degrees from this plane, at the pole of the Milky Way, only
+four stars, on the average, were seen in the field of the telescope.
+In approaching the Milky Way this number increased slowly at first,
+and then more and more rapidly, until it rose to an average of
+122 stars per field.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_05">
+<img src="images/fig_05.jpg" width="417" height="336" alt="Fig. 5"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 5. Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch
+telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+These observations were made in the northern hemisphere, and
+subsequently Sir John Herschel, using his father's telescope at
+the Cape of Good Hope, found an almost exactly similar increase
+of apparent star density for the southern hemisphere. According to
+his estimates, the total number of stars in both hemispheres that
+could be seen distinctly enough to be counted in this telescope
+would probably be about five and one-half millions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The Herschels concluded that "the stars of our firmament, instead
+of being scattered in all directions indifferently through space,
+form a stratum of which the thickness is small, in comparison with
+its length and breadth; and in which the earth occupies a place
+somewhere about the middle of its thickness, between the point where
+it subdivides into two principal lamin&aelig; inclined at a small
+angle to each other." This view does not differ essentially from our
+modern conception of the form of the Galaxy; but as the Herschels
+were unable to see stars fainter than the fifteenth magnitude,
+it is evident that their conclusions apply only to a restricted
+region surrounding the solar system, in the midst of the enormously
+extended sidereal universe which modern instruments have brought
+within our range.
+</p>
+
+<h3>MODERN METHODS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The remarkable progress of modern astronomy is mainly due to two
+great instrumental advances: the rise and development of the
+photographic telescope, and the application of the spectroscope to
+the study of celestial objects. These new and powerful instruments,
+supplemented by many accessories which have completely revolutionized
+observatory equipment, have not only revealed a vastly greater
+number of stars and nebul&aelig;: they have also rendered feasible
+observations of a type formerly regarded as impossible. The chemical
+analysis of a faint star is now so easy that it can be accomplished
+in a very short time&mdash;as quickly, in fact, as an equally complex
+substance can be analyzed in the laboratory. The spectroscope also
+measures a star's velocity, the pressure at different levels in
+its atmosphere, its approximate temperature, and now, by a new and
+ingenious method, its distance from the earth. It determines the
+velocity of rotation of the sun and of nebul&aelig;, the existence
+and periods of orbital revolution of binary stars too close to be
+separated by any telescope, the presence of magnetic fields in
+sunspots, and the fact that the entire sun, like the earth, is
+a magnet.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 414px;">
+<a name="fig_06">
+<img src="images/fig_06.jpg" width="414" height="328" alt="Fig. 6"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 6. Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope,
+ready to leave Pasadena for Mount Wilson.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Such new possibilities, with many others resulting from the application
+of physical methods of the most diverse character, have greatly
+enlarged the astronomer's outlook. He may now attack two great
+problems: (1) The structure of the universe and the motions of
+its constituent bodies, and (2) the evolution of the stars: their
+nature, origin, growth, and decline. These two problems are intimately
+related and must be studied as one.[*]
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: A third great problem open to the astronomer, the
+study of the constitution of matter, is described in Chapter III.]
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+If space permitted, it would be interesting to survey the progress
+already accomplished by modern methods of astronomical research.
+Hundreds of millions of stars have been photographed, and the boundaries
+of the stellar universe have been pushed far into space, but have not
+been attained. Globular star clusters, containing tens of thousands
+of stars, are on so great a scale (according to Shapley) that light,
+travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, may take 500
+years to cross one of them, while the most distant of these objects
+may be more than 200,000 light-years from the earth. The spiral
+nebul&aelig;, more than a million in number, are vast whirling
+masses in process of development, but we are not yet certain whether
+they should be regarded as "island universes" or as subordinate
+to the stellar system which includes our minute group of sun and
+planets, the great star clouds of the Milky Way, and the distant
+globular star clusters.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_07">
+<img src="images/fig_07.jpg" width="417" height="343" alt="Fig. 7"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 7. Section of a steel girder for dome covering
+the 100-inch telescope, on its way up Mount Wilson.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+These few particulars may give a slight conception of the scale
+of the known universe, but a word must be added regarding some
+of its most striking phenomena. The great majority of the stars
+whose motions have been determined belong to one or the other of
+two great star streams, but the part played by these streams in the
+sidereal system as a whole is still obscure. The stars have been
+grouped in classes, presumably in the order of their evolutional
+development, as they pass from the early state of gaseous masses, of
+low density, through the successive stages resulting from loss of
+heat by radiation and increased density due to shrinkage. Strangely
+enough, their velocities in space show a corresponding change,
+increasing as they grow older or perhaps depending upon their mass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is impossible within these limits to do more than to give some
+indication of the scope of the new astronomy. Enough has been said,
+however, to assist in appreciating the increased opportunity for
+investigation, and the nature of the heavy demands made upon the
+modern observatory. But before passing on to describe one of the
+latest additions to the astronomer's instrumental equipment, a
+word should be added regarding the chief classes of telescopes.
+</p>
+
+<h3>REFRACTORS AND REFLECTORS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Astronomical telescopes are of two types: refractors and reflectors.
+A refracting telescope consists of an object-glass composed of
+two or more lenses, mounted at the upper end of a tube, which is
+pointed at the celestial object. The light, after passing through
+the lenses, is brought to a focus at the lower end of the tube, where
+the image is examined visually with an eyepiece, or photographed
+upon a sensitive plate. The largest instruments of this type are
+the 36-inch Lick telescope and the 40-inch refractor of the Yerkes
+Observatory.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_08">
+<img src="images/fig_08.jpg" width="417" height="537" alt="Fig. 8"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 8. Erecting the steel building and revolving
+dome that cover the Hooker telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Reflecting telescopes, which are particularly adapted for photographic
+work, though also excellent for visual observations, are very
+differently constructed. No lens is used. The telescope tube is
+usually built in skeleton form, open at its upper end, and with a
+large concave mirror supported at its base. This mirror serves in
+place of a lens. Its upper surface is paraboloidal in shape, as a
+spherical surface will not unite in a sharp focus the rays coming
+from a distant object. The light passes through no glass&mdash;a
+great advantage, especially for photography, as the absorption
+in lenses cuts out much of the blue and violet light, to which
+photographic plates are most sensitive. The reflection occurs on
+the <i>upper</i> surface of the mirror, which is covered with a
+coat of pure silver, renewed several times a year and always kept
+highly burnished. Silvered glass is better than metals or other
+substances for telescope mirrors, chiefly because of the perfection
+with which glass can be ground and polished, and the ease of renewing
+its silvered surface when tarnished.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The great reflectors of Herschel and Lord Rosse, which were provided
+with mirrors of speculum metal, were far inferior to much smaller
+telescopes of the present day. With these instruments the star
+images were watched as they were carried through the field of view
+by the earth's rotation, or kept roughly in place by moving the
+telescope with ropes or chains. Photographic plates, which reveal
+invisible stars and nebul&aelig; when exposed for hours in modern
+instruments, were not then available. In any case they could not
+have been used, in the absence of the perfect mechanism required to
+keep the star images accurately fixed in place upon the sensitive
+film.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_09">
+<img src="images/fig_09.jpg" width="415" height="329" alt="Fig. 9"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 9. Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in
+diameter, covering the 100-inch Hooker telescope.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Photographed from the summit of the 150-foot-tower telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It would be interesting to trace the long contest for supremacy
+between refracting and reflecting telescopes, each of which, at
+certain stages in its development, appeared to be unrivalled. In
+modern observatories both types are used, each for the purpose
+for which it is best adapted. For the photography of nebul&aelig;
+and the study of the fainter stars, the reflector has special
+advantages, illustrated by the work of such instruments as the
+Crossley and Mills reflectors of the Lick Observatory; the great
+72-inch reflector, recently brought into effective service at the
+Dominion Observatory in Canada; and the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The unaided eye, with an available area of one-twentieth of a square
+inch, permits us to see stars of the sixth magnitude. Herschel's
+18-inch reflector, with an area 5,000 times as great, rendered
+visible stars of the fifteenth magnitude. The 60-inch reflector,
+with an area 57,600 times that of the eye, reveals stars of the
+eighteenth magnitude, while to reach stars of about the twentieth
+magnitude, photographic exposures of four or five hours suffice
+with this instrument.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Every gain of a magnitude means a great gain in the number of stars
+rendered visible. Stars of the second magnitude are 3.4 times as
+numerous as those of the first, those of the eighth magnitude are
+three times as numerous as those of the seventh, while the sixteenth
+magnitude stars are only 1.7 as numerous as those of the fifteenth
+magnitude. This steadily decreasing ratio is probably due to an
+actual thinning out of the stars toward the boundaries of the stellar
+universe, as the most exhaustive tests have failed to give any
+evidence of absorption of light in its passage through space. But
+in spite of this decrease, the gain of a single additional magnitude
+may mean the addition of many millions of stars to the total of those
+already shown by the 60-inch reflector. Here is one of the chief
+sources of interest in the possibilities of a 100-inch reflecting
+telescope.
+</p>
+
+<h3>100-INCH TELESCOPE</h3>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 416px;">
+<a name="fig_10">
+<img src="images/fig_10.jpg" width="416" height="335" alt="Fig. 10"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 10. One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered,
+rising out of the silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower
+end of telescope tube. (Seen above.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In 1906 the late John D. Hooker, of Los Angeles, gave the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington a sum sufficient to construct a telescope
+mirror 100 inches in diameter, and thus large enough to collect
+160,000 times the light received by the eye. (Fig. 10.) The casting
+and annealing of a suitable glass disk, 101 inches in diameter
+and 13 inches thick, weighing four and one-half tons, was a most
+difficult operation, finally accomplished by a great French glass
+company at their factory in the Forest of St. Gobain. A special
+optical laboratory was erected at the Pasadena headquarters of
+the Mount Wilson Observatory, and here the long task of grinding,
+figuring, and testing the mirror was successfully carried out by
+the observatory opticians. This operation, which is one of great
+delicacy, required years for its completion. Meanwhile the building,
+dome, and mounting for the telescope were designed by members of
+the observatory staff, and the working drawings were prepared. An
+opportune addition by Mr. Carnegie to the endowment of the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington, of which the observatory is a branch,
+permitted the necessary appropriations to be made for the completion
+and erection of the telescope. Though delayed by the war, during
+which the mechanical and optical facilities of the observatory
+shops were utilized for military and naval purposes, the telescope
+is now in regular use on Mount Wilson.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The instrument is mounted on a massive pier of reinforced concrete,
+33 feet high and 52 feet in diameter at the top. A solid wall extends
+south from this pier a distance of 50 feet, on the west side of
+which a very powerful spectrograph, for photographing the spectra
+of the brightest stars, will be mounted. Within the pier are a
+photographic dark room, a room for silvering the large mirror (which
+can be lowered into the pier), and the clock-room, where stands
+the powerful driving-clock, with which the telescope is caused
+to follow the apparent motion of the stars. (Fig. 11.)
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 419px;">
+<a name="fig_11">
+<img src="images/fig_11.jpg" width="419" height="359" alt="Fig. 11"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 11. The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause
+the 100-inch Hooker telescope to follow the stars.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The telescope mounting is of the English type, in which the telescope
+tube is supported by the declination trunnions between the arms of
+the polar axis, built in the form of a rectangular yoke carried by
+bearings on massive pedestals to the north and south. These bearings
+must be aligned exactly parallel to the axis of the earth, and must
+support the polar axis so freely that it can be rotated with perfect
+precision by the driving-clock, which turns a worm-wheel 17 feet in
+diameter, clamped to the lower end of the axis. As this motion
+must be sufficiently uniform to counteract exactly the rotation
+of the earth on its axis, and thus to maintain the star images
+accurately in position in the field of view, the greatest care
+had to be taken in the construction of the driving-clock and in
+the spacing and cutting of the teeth in the large worm-wheel. Here,
+as in the case of all of the more refined parts of the instrument,
+the work was done by skilled machinists in the observatory shops in
+Pasadena or on Mount Wilson after the assembling of the telescope.
+The massive sections of the instrument, some of which weigh as
+much as ten tons each, were constructed at Quincy, Mass., where
+machinery sufficiently large to build battleships was available.
+They were then shipped to California, and transported to the summit
+of Mount Wilson over a road built for this purpose by the construction
+division of the observatory, which also built the pier on which the
+telescope stands, and erected the steel building and dome that
+cover it.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_12">
+<img src="images/fig_12.jpg" width="415" height="387" alt="Fig. 12"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 12. Large irregular nebula and star cluster
+in Sagittarius (Duncan).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px; margin-top: 1em;">
+<a name="fig_13">
+<img src="images/fig_13.jpg" width="417" height="332" alt="Fig. 13"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 13. Faint spiral nebula in the constellation
+of the Hunting Dogs (Pease).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The parts of the telescope which are moved by the driving-clock
+weigh about 100 tons, and it was necessary to provide means of
+reducing the great friction on the bearings of the polar axis. To
+accomplish this, large hollow steel cylinders, floating in mercury
+held in cast-iron tanks, were provided at the upper and lower ends
+of the polar axis. Almost the entire weight of the instrument is
+thus floated in mercury, and in this way the friction is so greatly
+reduced that the driving-clock moves the instrument with perfect
+ease and smoothness.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The 100-inch mirror rests at the bottom of the telescope tube on
+a special support system, so designed as to prevent any bending of
+the glass under its own weight. Electric motors, forty in number, are
+provided to move the telescope rapidly or slowly in right ascension
+(east or west) and in declination (north or south), for focussing
+the mirrors, and for many other purposes. They are also used for
+rotating the dome, 100 feet in diameter, under which the telescope
+is mounted, and for opening the shutter, 20 feet wide, through
+which the observations are made.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A telescope of this kind can be used in several different ways.
+The 100-inch mirror has a focal length of about 42 feet, and in
+one of the arrangements of the instrument, the photographic plate
+is mounted at the centre of the telescope tube near its upper end,
+where it receives directly the image formed by the large mirror. In
+another arrangement, a silvered glass mirror, with plane surface, is
+supported near the upper end of the tube at an angle of 45&deg;, so
+as to form the image at the side of the tube, where the photographic
+plate can be placed. In this case, the observer stands on a platform,
+which is moved up and down by electric motors in front of the opening
+in the dome through which the observations are made.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 419px;">
+<a name="fig_14">
+<img src="images/fig_14.jpg" width="419" height="333" alt="Fig. 14"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 14. Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on
+(Ritchey).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Other arrangements of the telescope, for which auxiliary convex
+mirrors carried near the upper end of the tube are required, permit
+the image to be photographed at the side of the tube near its lower
+end, either with or without a spectrograph; or with a very powerful
+spectrograph mounted within a constant-temperature chamber south
+of the telescope pier. In this last case, the light of a star is
+so reflected by auxiliary mirrors that it passes down through a
+hole in the south end of the polar axis and brings the star to
+a focus on the slit of the fixed spectrograph.
+</p>
+
+<h3>ATMOSPHERIC LIMITATIONS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The huge dimensions of such a powerful engine of research as the
+Hooker telescope are not in themselves a source of satisfaction to
+the astronomer, for they involve a decided increase in the labor
+of observation and entail very heavy expense, justifiable only in
+case important results, beyond the reach of other instruments,
+can be secured. The construction of a telescope of these dimensions
+was necessarily an experiment, for it was by no means certain, after
+the optical and mechanical difficulties had been overcome, that
+even the favorable atmosphere of California would be sufficiently
+tranquil to permit sharply defined celestial images to be obtained
+with so large an aperture. It is therefore important to learn what
+the telescope will actually accomplish under customary observing
+conditions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Fortunately we are able to measure the performance of the instrument
+with certainty. Close beside it on Mount Wilson stands the 60-inch
+reflector, of similar type, erected in 1908. The two telescopes can
+thus be rigorously compared under identical atmospheric conditions.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The large mirror of the 100-inch telescope has an area about 2.8
+times that of the 60-inch, and therefore receives nearly three times
+as much light from a star. Under atmospheric conditions perfect
+enough to allow all of this light to be concentrated in a point,
+it should be capable of recording on a photographic plate, with a
+given exposure, stars about one magnitude fainter than the faintest
+stars within reach of the 60-inch. The increased focal length,
+permitting such objects as the moon to be photographed on a larger
+scale, should also reveal smaller details of structure and render
+possible higher accuracy of measurement. Finally, the greater
+theoretical resolving power of the larger aperture, providing it
+can be utilized, should permit the separation of the members of
+close double stars beyond the range of the smaller instrument.
+</p>
+
+<h3>CRITICAL TESTS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The many tests already made indicate that the advantages expected
+of the new telescope will be realized in practice. The increased
+light-gathering power will mean the addition of many millions of
+stars to those already known. Spectroscopic observations now in
+regular progress have carried the range of these investigations
+far beyond the possibilities of the 60-inch telescope. A great
+class of red stars, for example, almost all the members of which
+were inaccessible to the 60-inch, are now being made the subject
+of special study. And in other fields of research equal advantages
+have been gained.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The increase in the scale of the images over those given by the
+60-inch telescope is illustrated by two photographs of the Ring
+Nebula in Lyra, reproduced in Fig. 18. The Great Nebula in Orion,
+photographed with the 100-inch telescope with a comparatively short
+exposure, sufficient to bring out the brighter regions, is reproduced
+in Fig. 2. It is interesting to compare this picture with the
+small-scale image of the same nebula shown in Fig. 1.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 414px;">
+<a name="fig_15">
+<img src="images/fig_15.jpg" width="414" height="521" alt="Fig. 15"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 15. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The ring-like formations are the so-called craters, most of them
+far larger than anything similar on the earth. That in the lower
+left corner with an isolated mountain in the centre is Albategnius,
+sixty-four miles in diameter. Peaks in the ring rise to a height
+of fifteen thousand feet above the central plain. Note the long
+sunset shadows cast by the mountains on the left. The level region
+below on the right is an extensive plain, the Mare Nubium.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 412px; margin-top: 1em;">
+<a name="fig_16">
+<img src="images/fig_16.jpg" width="412" height="519" alt="Fig. 16"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 16. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The mountains above and to the left are the lunar Apennines; those
+on the left just below the centre are the Alps. Both ranges include
+peaks from fifteen thousand to twenty thousand feet in height. In
+the upper right corner is Copernicus, about fifty miles in diameter.
+The largest of the conspicuous group of three just below the Apennines
+is Archimedes and at the lower end of the Alps is Plato. Note the
+long sunset shadows cast by the isolated peaks on the left. The
+central portion of the picture is a vast plain, the Mare Imbrium.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The sharpness of the images given by the new telescope may be
+illustrated by some recent photographs of the moon, obtained with
+an equivalent focal length of 134 feet. In Fig. 15 is shown a rugged
+region of the moon, containing many ring-like mountains or craters.
+Fig. 16 shows the great arc of the lunar Apennines (above) and the
+Alps (below), to the left of the broad plain of the Mare Imbrium.
+The starlike points along the moon's terminator, which separates
+the dark area from the region upon which the sun (on the right)
+shines, are the mountain peaks, about to disappear at sunset. The
+long shadows cast by the mountains just within the illuminated
+area are plainly seen. Some of the peaks of the lunar Apennines
+attain a height of 20,000 feet.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In less powerful telescopes the stars at the centre of the great
+globular clusters are so closely crowded together that they cannot
+be studied separately with the spectrograph. Moreover, most of
+them are much too faint for examination with this instrument. At
+the 134-foot focus the 100-inch telescope gives a large-scale image
+of such clusters, and permits the spectra of stars as faint as
+the fifteenth magnitude to be separately photographed.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 337px;">
+<a name="fig_17">
+<img src="images/fig_17.jpg" width="337" height="487" alt="Fig. 17"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 17. Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few
+nebul&aelig; known to vary in brightness and form.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">Photographed with the 100-inch telescope
+(Hubble).</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>CLOSE DOUBLE STARS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A remarkable use of the 100-inch telescope, which permits its full
+theoretical resolving power to be not merely attained but to be
+doubled, has been made possible by the first application of Michelson's
+interference method to the measurement of very close double stars.
+When employing this, the 100-inch mirror is completely covered,
+except for two slits. Beams of light from a star, entering by the
+slits, unite at the focus of the telescope, where the image is
+examined by an eyepiece magnifying about five thousand diameters.
+Across the enlarged star image a series of fine, sharp fringes is
+seen, even when the atmospheric conditions are poor. If the star is
+single the fringes remain visible, whatever the distance between the
+slits. But in the case of a star like Capella, previously inferred
+to be double from the periodic displacement of the lines in its
+spectrum, but with components too close together to be distinguished
+separately, the fringes behave differently. As the slits are moved
+apart a point is reached where the fringes completely disappear,
+only to reappear as the separation is continued. This effect is
+obtained when the slits are at right angles to the line joining
+the two stars of the pair, found by this method to be 0.0418 of a
+second of arc apart (on December 30, 1919). Subsequent measures,
+of far greater precision than those obtainable by other methods in
+the case of easily separated double stars, show the rapid orbital
+motion of the components of the system. This device will be applied
+to other close binaries, hitherto beyond the reach of measurement.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 414px;">
+<a name="fig_18">
+<img src="images/fig_18.jpg" width="414" height="230" alt="Fig. 18"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 18. Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with
+the 60-inch (Ritchey) and 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Showing the increased scale of the images given by the larger
+instrument.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Without entering into further details of the tests, it is evident
+that the new telescope will afford boundless possibilities for
+the study of the stellar universe.[*] The structure and extent
+of the galactic system, and the motions of the stars comprising
+it; the distribution, distances, and dimensions of the spiral
+nebul&aelig;, their motions, rotation, and mode of development;
+the origin of the stars and the successive stages in their life
+history: these are some of the great questions which the new telescope
+must help to answer. In such an embarrassment of riches the chief
+difficulty is to withstand the temptation toward scattering of
+effort, and to form an observing programme directed toward the
+solution of crucial problems rather than the accumulation of vast
+stores of miscellaneous data. This programme will be supplemented
+by an extensive study of the sun, the only star near enough the
+earth to be examined in detail, and by a series of laboratory
+investigations involving the experimental imitation of solar and
+stellar conditions, thus aiding in the interpretation of celestial
+phenomena.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: It is not adapted for work on the sun, as the mirrors
+would be distorted by its heat. Three other telescopes, especially
+designed for solar observations, are in use on Mount Wilson.]
+</p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter_II">CHAPTER II</a></h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">GIANT STARS</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Our ancestral sun, as pictured by Laplace, originally extended
+in a state of luminous vapor beyond the boundaries of the solar
+system. Rotating upon its axis, it slowly contracted through loss
+of heat by radiation, leaving behind it portions of its mass, which
+condensed to form the planets. Still gaseous, though now denser than
+water, it continues to pour out the heat on which our existence
+depends, as it shrinks imperceptibly toward its ultimate condition
+of a cold and darkened globe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Laplace's hypothesis has been subjected in recent years to much
+criticism, and there is good reason to doubt whether his description
+of the mode of evolution of our solar system is correct in every
+particular. All critics agree, however, that the sun was once enormously
+larger than it now is, and that the planets originally formed part
+of its distended mass.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Even in its present diminished state, the sun is huge beyond easy
+conception. Our own earth, though so minute a fragment of the primeval
+sun, is nevertheless so large that some parts of its surface have
+not yet been explored. Seen beside the sun, by an observer on one
+of the planets, the earth would appear as an insignificant speck,
+which could be swallowed with ease by the whirling vortex of a
+sun-spot. If the sun were hollow, with the earth at its centre,
+the moon, though 240,000 miles from us, would have room and to
+spare in which to describe its orbit, for the sun is 865,000 miles
+in diameter, so that its volume is more than a million times that
+of the earth.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_19">
+<img src="images/fig_19.jpg" width="415" height="320" alt="Fig. 19"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 19. Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb,
+140,000 miles high (Ellerman).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph, using the light emitted
+by glowing calcium vapor. The comparative size of the earth is
+indicated by the white circle.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But what of the stars, proved by the spectroscope to be self-luminous,
+intensely hot, and formed of the same chemical elements that constitute
+the sun and the earth? Are they comparable in size with the sun? Do
+they occur in all stages of development, from infancy to old age?
+And if such stages can be detected, do they afford indications
+of the gradual diminution in volume which Laplace imagined the
+sun to experience?
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 420px;">
+<a name="fig_20">
+<img src="images/fig_20.jpg" width="420" height="413" alt="Fig. 20"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 20. The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from a
+direct photograph showing many sun-spots (Whitney)</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The small black disk in the centre represents the comparative size
+of the earth, while the circle surrounding it corresponds in diameter
+to the orbit of the moon.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>STAR IMAGES</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Prior to the application of the powerful new engine of research
+described in this article we have had no means of measuring the
+diameters of the stars. We have measured their distances and their
+motions, determined their chemical composition, and obtained undeniable
+evidence of progressive development, but even in the most powerful
+telescopes their images are so minute that they appear as points
+rather than as disks. In fact, the larger the telescope and the
+more perfect the atmospheric conditions at the observer's command,
+the smaller do these images appear. On the photographic plate, it is
+true, the stars are recorded as measurable disks, but these are due
+to the spreading of the light from their bright point-like images,
+and their diameters increase as the exposure time is prolonged.
+From the images of the brighter stars rays of light project in
+straight lines, but these also are instrumental phenomena, due
+to diffraction of light by the steel bars that support the small
+mirror in the tube of reflecting telescopes. In a word, the stars
+are so remote that the largest and most perfect telescopes show
+them only as extremely minute needle-points of light, without any
+trace of their true disks.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_21">
+<img src="images/fig_21.jpg" width="417" height="368" alt="Fig. 21"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 21. Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917
+(Whitney).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The disk in the corner represents the comparative size of the
+earth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+How, then, may we hope to measure their diameters? By using, as
+the man of science must so often do, indirect means when the direct
+attack fails. Most of the remarkable progress of astronomy during
+the last quarter-century has resulted from the application of new and
+ingenious devices borrowed from the physicist. These have multiplied
+to such a degree that some of our observatories are literally physical
+laboratories, in which the sun and stars are examined by powerful
+spectroscopes and other optical instruments that have recently advanced
+our knowledge of physics by leaps and bounds. In the present case
+we are indebted for our star-measuring device to the distinguished
+physicist Professor Albert A. Michelson, who has contributed a long
+array of novel apparatus and methods to physics and astronomy.
+</p>
+
+<h3>THE INTERFEROMETER</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The instrument in question, known as the interferometer, had previously
+yielded a remarkable series of results when applied in its various
+forms to the solution of fundamental problems. To mention only a
+few of those that have helped to establish Michelson's fame, we may
+recall that our exact knowledge of the length of the international
+metre at Sevres, the world's standard of measurement, was obtained
+by him with an interferometer in terms of the invariable length of
+light-waves. A different form of interferometer has more recently
+enabled him to measure the minute tides within the solid body of
+the earth&mdash;not the great tides of the ocean, but the slight
+deformations of the earth's body, which is as rigid as steel, that are
+caused by the varying attractions of the sun and moon. Finally, to
+mention only one more case, it was the Michelson-Morley experiment,
+made years ago with still another form of interferometer, that yielded
+the basic idea from which the theory of relativity was developed
+by Lorentz and Einstein.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_22">
+<img src="images/fig_22.jpg" width="415" height="403" alt="Fig. 22"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 22. Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of
+the sun (Ellerman).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Made with the spectroheliograph, showing the immense vortices,
+or whirling storms like tornadoes, that centre in sun-spots. The
+comparative size of the earth is shown by the white circle traced
+on the largest sun-spot.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The history of the method of measuring star diameters is a very
+curious one, showing how the most promising opportunities for scientific
+progress may lie unused for decades. The fundamental principle of
+the device was first suggested by the great French physicist Fizeau
+in 1868. In 1874 the theory was developed by the French astronomer
+St&eacute;phan, who observed interference fringes given by a large
+number of stars, and rightly concluded that their angular diameters
+must be much smaller than 0.158 of a second of arc, the smallest
+measurable with his instrument. In 1890 Michelson, unaware of the
+earlier work, published in the <i>Philosophical Magazine</i> a
+complete description of an interferometer capable of determining
+with surprising accuracy the distance between the components of
+double stars so close together that no telescope can separate them.
+He also showed how the same principle could be applied to the
+measurement of star diameters if a sufficiently large interferometer
+could be built for this purpose, and developed the theory much more
+completely than St&eacute;phan had done. A year later he measured
+the diameters of Jupiter's satellites by this means at the Lick
+Observatory. But nearly thirty years elapsed before the next step
+was taken. Two causes have doubtless contributed to this delay. Both
+theory and experiment have demonstrated the extreme sensitiveness
+of the "interference fringes," on the observation of which the
+method depends, and it was generally supposed by astronomers that
+disturbances in the earth's atmosphere would prevent them from
+being clearly seen with large telescopes. Furthermore, a very large
+interferometer, too large to be carried by any existing telescope,
+was required for the star-diameter work, though close double stars
+could have been easily studied by this device with several of the
+large telescopes of the early nineties. But whatever the reasons,
+a powerful method of research lay unused.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The approaching completion of the 100-inch telescope of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory led me to suggest to Professor Michelson, before
+the United States entered the war, that the method be thoroughly
+tested under the favorable atmospheric conditions of Southern
+California. He was at that time at work on a special form of
+interferometer, designed to determine whether atmospheric disturbances
+could be disregarded in planning large-scale experiments. But the
+war intervened, and all of our efforts were concentrated for two
+years on the solution of war problems.[*] In 1919, as soon as the
+100-inch telescope had been completed and tested, the work was
+resumed on Mount Wilson.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: Professor Michelson's most important contribution during
+the war period was a new and very efficient form of range-finder,
+adopted for use by the U. S. Navy.]
+</p>
+
+<h3>A LABORATORY EXPERIMENT</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The principle of the method can be most readily seen by the aid
+of an experiment which any one can easily perform for himself with
+simple apparatus. Make a narrow slit, a few thousandths of an inch
+in width, in a sheet of black paper, and support it vertically
+before a brilliant source of light. Observe this from a distance of
+40 or 50 feet with a small telescope magnifying about 30 diameters.
+The object-glass of the telescope should be covered with an opaque
+cap, pierced by two circular holes about one-eighth of an inch in
+diameter and half an inch apart. The holes should be on opposite
+sides of the centre of the object-glass and equidistant from it,
+and the line joining the holes should be horizontal. When this
+cap is removed the slit appears as a narrow vertical band with
+much fainter bands on both sides of it. With the cap in place, the
+central bright band appears to be ruled with narrow vertical lines
+or fringes produced by the "interference"[*] of the two pencils of
+light coming through different parts of the object-glass from the
+distant slit. Cover one of the holes, and the fringes instantly
+disappear. Their production requires the joint effect of the two
+light-pencils.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: For an explanation of the phenomena of interference,
+see any encyclop&aelig;edia or book on physics.]
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Now suppose the two holes over the object-glass to be in movable
+plates, so that their distance apart can be varied. As they are
+gradually separated the narrow vertical fringes become less and
+less distinct, and finally vanish completely. Measure the distance
+between the holes and divide this by the wavelength of light, which
+we may call 1/50000 of an inch. The result is the angular width
+of the distant slit. Knowing the distance of the slit, we can at
+once calculate its linear width. If for the slit we substitute a
+minute circular hole, the method of measurement remains the same,
+but the angular diameter as calculated above must be multiplied
+by 1.22.[*]
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: More complete details may be found in Michelson's Lowell
+Lectures on "Light-Waves and Their Uses," University of Chicago
+Press, 1907.]
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+To measure the diameter of a star we proceed in a similar way,
+but, as the angle it subtends is so small, we must use a very large
+telescope, for the smaller the angle the farther apart must be the
+two holes over the object-glass (or the mirror, in case a reflecting
+telescope is employed). In fact, when the holes are moved apart to
+the full aperture of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, the interference
+fringes are still visible even with the star Betelgeuse, though its
+angular diameter is perhaps as great as that of any other star.
+Thus, we must build an attachment for the telescope, so arranged
+as to permit us to move the openings still farther apart.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 322px;">
+<a name="fig_23">
+<img src="images/fig_23.jpg" width="322" height="339" alt="Fig. 23"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 23. Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch
+Hooker telescope, and path of the two pencils of light from a star
+when under observation with the 20-foot Michelson interferometer.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+A photograph of the interferometer is shown in Fig. 24.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE 20-FOOT INSTRUMENT</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The 20-foot interferometer designed by Messrs. Michelson and Pease,
+and constructed in the Mount Wilson Observatory instrument-shop,
+is shown in the diagram (Fig. 23) and in a photograph of the upper
+end of the skeleton tube of the telescope (Fig. 24). The light from
+the star is received by two flat mirrors (Ml, M4) which project
+beyond the tube and can be moved apart along the supporting arm.
+These take the place of the two holes over the object-glass in
+our experiment. From these mirrors the light is reflected to a
+second pair of flat mirrors (M2, M3), which send it toward the
+100-inch concave mirror (M5) at the bottom of the telescope tube.
+After this the course of the light is exactly as it would be if
+the mirrors M2, M3 were replaced by two holes over the 100-inch
+mirror. It is reflected to the convex mirror (M6), then back in
+a less rapidly convergent beam toward the large mirror. Before
+reaching it the light is caught by the plane mirror (M7) and reflected
+through an opening at the side of the telescope tube to the eye-piece
+E. Here the fringes are observed with a magnification ranging from
+1,500 to 3,000 diameters.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 416px;">
+<a name="fig_24">
+<img src="images/fig_24.jpg" width="416" height="306" alt="Fig. 24"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 24. Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for
+measuring star diameters, attached to upper end of the skeleton tube
+of the 100-inch Hooker telescope.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The path of the two pencils of light from the star is shown in
+Fig. 23. For a photograph of the entire telescope, see Fig. 4.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In the practical application of this method to the measurement of
+star diameters, the chief problem was whether the atmosphere would
+be quiet enough to permit sharp interference fringes to be produced
+with light-pencils more than 100 inches apart. After successful
+preliminary tests with the 40-inch refracting telescope of the
+Yerkes Observatory, Professor Michelson made the first attempt
+to see the fringes with the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors on
+Mount Wilson in September, 1919. He was surprised and delighted to
+find that the fringes were perfectly sharp and distinct with the
+full aperture of both these instruments. Doctor Anderson, of the
+observatory staff, then devised a special form of interferometer
+for the measurement of close double stars, and applied it with
+the 100-inch telescope to the measurement of the orbital motion
+of the close components of Capella, with results of extraordinary
+accuracy, far beyond anything attainable by previous methods. The
+success of this work strongly encouraged the more ambitious project
+of measuring the diameter of a star, and the 20-foot interferometer
+was built for this purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The difficult and delicate problem of adjusting the mirrors of
+this instrument with the necessary extreme accuracy was solved by
+Professor Michelson during his visit to Mount Wilson in the summer
+of 1920, and with the assistance of Mr. Pease, of the observatory
+staff, interference fringes were observed in the case of certain
+stars when the mirrors were as much as 18 feet apart. All was thus
+in readiness for a decisive test as soon as a suitable star presented
+itself.
+</p>
+
+<h3>THE GIANT BETELGEUSE</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Russell, Shapley, and Eddington had pointed out Betelgeuse (Arabic
+for "the giant's shoulder"), the bright red star in the constellation
+of Orion (Fig. 25), as the most favorable of all stars for measurement,
+and the last-named had given its angular diameter as 0.051 of a
+second of arc. This deduction from theory appeared in his recent
+presidential address before the British Association for the Advancement
+of Science, in which Professor Eddington remarked: "Probably the
+greatest need of stellar astronomy at the present day, in order
+to make sure that our theoretical deductions are starting on the
+right lines, is some means of measuring the apparent angular diameter
+of stars." He then referred to the work already in progress on
+Mount Wilson, but anticipated "that atmospheric disturbance will
+ultimately set the limit to what can be accomplished."
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_25">
+<img src="images/fig_25.jpg" width="415" height="473" alt="Fig. 25"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 25. The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle),
+familiar as the conspicuous red star in the right shoulder of Orion
+(Hubble).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Measures with the interferometer show its angular diameter to be
+0.047 of a second of arc, corresponding to a linear diameter of
+215,000,000 miles, if the best available determination of its distance
+can be relied upon. This determination shows Betelgeuse to be 160
+light-years from the earth. Light travels at the rate of 186,000
+miles per second, and yet spends 160 years on its journey to us
+from this star.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+On December 13, 1920, Mr. Pease successfully measured the diameter
+of Betelgeuse with the 20-foot interferometer. As the outer mirrors
+were separated the interference fringes gradually became less distinct,
+as theory requires, and as Doctor Merrill had previously seen when
+observing Betelgeuse with the interferometer used for Capella. At
+a separation of 10 feet the fringes disappeared completely, giving
+the data required for calculating the diameter of the star. To
+test the perfection of the adjustment, the telescope was turned to
+other stars, of smaller angular diameter, which showed the fringes
+with perfect clearness. Turning back to Betelgeuse, they were seen
+beyond doubt to be absent. Assuming the mean wave-length of the
+light of this star to be 5750/10000000 of a millimetre, its angular
+diameter comes out 0.047 of a second of arc, thus falling between
+the values&mdash;0.051 and 0.031 of a second&mdash;predicted by
+Eddington and Russell from slightly different assumptions. Subsequent
+corrections and repeated measurement will change Mr. Pease's result
+somewhat, but it is almost certainly within 10 or 15 per cent of
+the truth. We may therefore conclude that the angular diameter
+of Betelgeuse is very nearly the same as that of a ball one inch
+in diameter, seen at a distance of seventy miles.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_26">
+<img src="images/fig_26.jpg" width="417" height="431" alt="Fig. 26"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 26. Arcturus (within the white circle), known
+to the Arabs as the "Lance Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great
+Horn" or the "Palace of the Emperors" (Hubble).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Its angular diameter, measured at Mount Wilson by Pease with the
+20-foot Michelson interferometer on April 15, 1921, is 0.022 of a
+second, in close agreement with Russell's predicted value of 0.019
+of a second. The mean parallax of Arcturus, based upon several
+determinations, is 0.095 of a second, corresponding to a distance of
+34 light-years. The linear diameter, computed from Pease's measure
+and this value of the distance is about 21 million miles.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But this represents only the angle subtended by the star's disk.
+To learn its linear diameter, we must know its distance. Four
+determinations of the parallax, which determines the distance,
+have been made. Elkin, with the Yale heliometer, obtained 0.032
+of a second of arc. Schlesinger, from photographs taken with the
+30-inch Allegheny refractor, derived 0.016. Adams, by his spectroscopic
+method applied with the 60-inch Mount Wilson reflector, obtained
+0.012. Lee's recent value, secured photographically with the 40-inch
+Yerkes refractor, is 0.022. The heliometer parallax is doubtless
+less reliable than the photographic ones, and Doctor Adams states
+that the spectral type and luminosity of Betelgeuse make his value
+less certain than in the case of most other stars. If we take a
+(weighted) mean value of 0.020 of a second, we shall probably not
+be far from the truth. This parallax represents the angle subtended
+by the radius of the earth's orbit (93,000,000 miles) at the distance
+of Betelgeuse. By comparing it with 0.047, the angular diameter of
+the star, we see that the linear diameter is about two and one-third
+times as great as the distance from the earth to the sun, or
+approximately 215,000,000 miles. Thus, if this measure of its distance
+is not considerably in error, Betelgeuse would nearly fill the
+orbit of Mars. All methods of determining the distances of the
+stars are subject to uncertainty, however, and subsequent measures
+may reduce this figure very appreciably. But there can be no doubt
+that the diameter of Betelgeuse exceeds 100,000,000 miles, and
+it is probably much greater.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The extremely small angle subtended by this enormous disk is explained
+by the great distance of the star, which is about 160 light-years.
+That is to say, light travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per
+second spends 160 years in crossing the space that lies between
+us and Betelgeuse, whose tremendous proportions therefore seem
+so minute even in the most powerful telescopes.
+</p>
+
+<h3>STELLAR EVOLUTION</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This actual measure of the diameter of Betelgeuse supplies a new
+and striking test of Russell's and Hertzsprung's theory of dwarf
+and giant stars. Just before the war Russell showed that our old
+methods of classifying the stars according to their spectra must
+be radically changed. Stars in an early stage of their life history
+may be regarded as diffuse gaseous masses, enormously larger than
+our sun, and at a much lower temperature. Their density must be
+very low, and their state that of a perfect gas. These are the
+"giants." In the slow process of time they contract through constant
+loss of heat by radiation. But, despite this loss, the heat produced
+by contraction and from other sources (see p. 82) causes their
+temperature to rise, while their color changes from red to bluish
+white. The process of shrinkage and rise of temperature goes on so
+long as they remain in the state of a perfect gas. But as soon as
+contraction has increased the density of the gas beyond a certain
+point the cycle reverses and the temperature begins to fall. The
+bluish-white light of the star turns yellowish, and we enter the
+dwarf stage, of which our own sun is a representative. The density
+increases, surpassing that of water in the case of the sun, and
+going far beyond this point in later stages. In the lapse of millions
+of years a reddish hue appears, finally turning to deep red. The
+falling temperature permits the chemical elements, existing in a
+gaseous state in the outer atmosphere of the star, to unite into
+compounds, which are rendered conspicuous by their characteristic
+bands in the spectrum. Finally comes extinction of light, as the
+star approaches its ultimate state of a cold and solid globe.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 419px;">
+<a name="fig_27">
+<img src="images/fig_27.jpg" width="419" height="385" alt="Fig. 27"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 27. The giant star Antares (within the white
+circle), notable for its red color in the constellation Scorpio,
+and named by the Greeks "A Rival of Mars" (Hubble).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The distance of Antares, though not very accurately known, is probably
+not far from 350 light-years. Its angular diameter of 0.040 of a
+second would thus correspond to a linear diameter of about 400
+million miles.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We may thus form a new picture of the two branches of the temperature
+curve, long since suggested by Lockyer, on very different grounds, as
+the outline of stellar life. On the ascending side are the giants,
+of vast dimensions and more diffuse than the air we breathe. There
+are good reasons for believing that the mass of Betelgeuse cannot
+be more than ten times that of the sun, while its volume is at
+least a million times as great and may exceed eight million times
+the sun's volume. Therefore, its average density must be like that
+of an attenuated gas in an electric vacuum tube. Three-quarters
+of the naked-eye stars are in the giant stage, which comprises
+such familiar objects as Betelgeuse, Antares, and Aldebaran, but
+most of them are much denser than these greatly inflated bodies.
+The pinnacle is reached in the intensely hot white stars of the
+helium class, in whose spectra the lines of this gas are very
+conspicuous. The density of these stars is perhaps one-tenth that
+of the sun. Sirius, also very hot, is nearly twice as dense. Then
+comes the cooling stage, characterized, as already remarked, by
+increasing density, and also by increasing chemical complexity
+resulting from falling temperature. This life cycle is probably
+not followed by all stars, but it may hold true for millions of
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The existence of giant and dwarf stars has been fully proved by
+the remarkable work of Adams and his associates on Mount Wilson,
+where his method of determining a star's distance and intrinsic
+luminosity by spectroscopic observations has already been applied
+to 2,000 stars. Discussion of the results leads at once to the
+recognition of the two great classes of giants and dwarfs. Now
+comes the work of Michelson and Pease to cap the climax, giving us
+the actual diameter of a typical giant star, in close agreement with
+predictions based upon theory. From this diameter we may conclude that
+the density of Betelgeuse is extremely low, in harmony with Russell's
+theory, which is further supported by spectroscopic analysis of
+the star's light, revealing evidence of the comparatively low
+temperature called for by the theory at this early stage of stellar
+existence.
+</p>
+
+<h3>TWO OTHER GIANTS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The diameter of Arcturus was successfully measured by Mr. Pease
+at Mount Wilson on April 15. As the mirrors of the interferometer
+were moved apart, the fringes gradually decreased in visibility
+until they finally disappeared at a mirror separation of 19.6 feet.
+Adopting a mean wave-length of 5600/10000000 of a millimetre for
+the light of Arcturus, this gives a value of 0.022 of a second of
+arc for the angular diameter of the star. If we use a mean value
+of 0.095 of a second for the parallax, the corresponding linear
+diameter comes out 21,000,000 miles. The angular diameter, as in
+the case of Betelgeuse, is in remarkably close agreement with the
+diameter predicted from theory. Antares, the third star measured
+by Mr. Pease, is the largest of all. If it is actually a member of
+the Scorpius-Centaurus group, as we have strong reason to believe,
+it is fully 350 light-years from the earth, and its diameter is
+about 400,000,000 miles.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 440px;">
+<a name="fig_28">
+<img src="images/fig_28.jpg" width="440" height="572" alt="Fig. 28"></a>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It now remains to make further measures of Betelgeuse, especially
+because its marked changes in brightness suggest possible variations
+in diameter. We must also apply the interferometer method to stars
+of the various spectral types, in order to afford a sure basis for
+future studies of stellar evolution. Unfortunately, only a few
+giant stars are certain to fall within the range of our present
+instrument. An interferometer of 70-feet aperture would be needed
+to measure Sirius accurately, and one of twice this size to deal
+with less brilliant white stars. A 100-foot instrument, if feasible
+to build, would permit objects representing most of the chief stages
+of stellar development to be measured, thus contributing in the
+highest degree to the progress of our knowledge of the life history
+of the stars. Fortunately, though the mechanical difficulties are
+great, the optical problem is insignificant, and the cost of the
+entire apparatus, though necessarily high, would be only a small
+fraction of that of a telescope of corresponding aperture, if such
+could be built. A 100-foot interferometer might be designed in
+many different forms, and one of these may ultimately be found
+to be within the range of possibility. Meanwhile the 20-foot
+interferometer has been improved so materially that it now promises
+to yield approximate measures of stars at first supposed to be
+beyond its capacity.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_29">
+<img src="images/fig_29.jpg" width="417" height="482" alt="Fig. 29"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 29. Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades),
+was also known to the Arabs as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart of
+the Bull," and "The Great Camel" (Hubble).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Like Betelgeuse and Antares, it is notable for its red color, which
+accounts for the fact that its image on this photograph is hardly
+more conspicuous than the images of stars which are actually much
+fainter but contain a larger proportion of blue light, to which
+the photographic plates here employed are more sensitive than to
+red or yellow. Aldebaran is about 50 light-years from the earth.
+Interferometer measures, now in progress on Mount Wilson, indicate
+that its angular diameter is about 0.020 of a second.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+While the theory of dwarf and giant stars and the measurements just
+described afford no direct evidence bearing on Laplace's explanation
+of the formation of planets, they show that stars exist which are
+comparable in diameter with our solar system, and suggest that the
+sun must have shrunk from vast dimensions. The mode of formation
+of systems like our own, and of other systems numerously illustrated
+in the heavens, is one of the most fascinating problems of astronomy.
+Much light has been thrown on it by recent investigations, rendered
+possible by the development of new and powerful instruments and by
+advances in physics of the most fundamental character. All the
+evidence confirms the existence of dwarf and giant stars, but much
+work must be done before the entire course of stellar evolution
+can be explained.
+</p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter_III">CHAPTER III</a></h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">COSMIC CRUCIBLES</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+"Shelter during Raids," marking the entrance to underground passages,
+was a sign of common occurrence and sinister suggestion throughout
+London during the war. With characteristic ingenuity and craftiness,
+ostensibly for purposes of peace but with bomb-carrying capacity
+as a prime specification, the Zeppelin had been developed by the
+Germans to a point where it seriously threatened both London and
+Paris. Searchlights, range-finders, and anti-aircraft guns, surpassed
+by the daring ventures of British and French airmen, would have
+served but little against the night invader except for its one fatal
+defect&mdash;the inflammable nature of the hydrogen gas that kept
+it aloft. A single explosive bullet served to transform a Zeppelin
+into a heap of scorched and twisted metal. This characteristic of
+hydrogen caused the failure of the Zeppelin raids.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Had the war lasted a few months longer, however, the work of American
+scientists would have made our counter-attack in the air a formidable
+one. At the signing of the armistice hundreds of cylinders of compressed
+helium lay at the docks ready for shipment abroad. Extracted from
+the natural gas of Texas wells by new and ingenious processes,
+this substitute for hydrogen, almost as light and absolutely
+uninflammable, produced in quantities of millions of cubic feet,
+would have made the dirigibles of the Allies masters of the air. The
+special properties of this remarkable gas, previously obtainable only
+in minute quantities, would have sufficed to reverse the situation.
+</p>
+
+<h3>SOLAR HELIUM</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Helium, as its name implies, is of solar origin. In 1868, when
+Lockyer first directed his spectroscope to the great flames or
+prominences that rise thousands of miles, sometimes hundreds of
+thousands, above the surface of the sun, he instantly identified
+the characteristic red and blue radiations of hydrogen. In the
+yellow, close to the position of the well-known double line of
+sodium, but not quite coincident with it, he detected a new line,
+of great brilliancy, extending to the highest levels. Its similarity
+in this respect with the lines of hydrogen led him to recognize
+the existence of a new and very light gas, unknown to terrestrial
+chemistry.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Many years passed before any chemical laboratory on earth was able
+to match this product of the great laboratory of the sun. In 1896
+Ramsay at last succeeded in separating helium, recognized by the same
+yellow line in its spectrum, in minute quantities from the mineral
+uraninite. Once available for study under electrical excitation in
+vacuum tubes, helium was found to have many other lines in its
+spectrum, which have been identified in the spectra of solar
+prominences, gaseous nebul&aelig;, and hot stars. Indeed, there
+is a stellar class known as helium stars, because of the dominance
+of this gas in their atmospheres.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_30">
+<img src="images/fig_30.jpg" width="417" height="401" alt="Fig. 30"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 30. Solar prominences, photographed with the
+spectroheliograph without an eclipse (Ellerman).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+In these luminous gaseous clouds, which sometimes rise to elevations
+exceeding half the sun's diameter, the new gas helium was discovered
+by Lockyer in 1868. Helium was not found on the earth until 1896.
+Since then it has been shown to be a prominent constituent of
+nebul&aelig; and hot stars.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The chief importance of helium lies in the clue it has afforded to
+the constitution of matter and the transmutation of the elements.
+Radium and other radioactive substances, such as uranium, spontaneously
+emit negatively charged particles of extremely small mass (electrons),
+and also positively charged particles of much greater mass, known
+as alpha particles. Rutherford and Geiger actually succeeded in
+counting the number of alpha particles emitted per second by a
+known mass of radium, and showed that these were charged helium
+atoms.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+To discuss more at length the extraordinary characteristics of
+helium, which plays so large a part in celestial affairs, would
+take us too far afield. Let us therefore pass to another case in
+which a fundamental discovery, this time in physics, was first
+foreshadowed by astronomical observation.
+</p>
+
+<h3>SUN-SPOTS AS MAGNETS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+No arch&aelig;ologist, whether Young or Champollion deciphering
+the Rosetta Stone, or Rawlinson copying the cuneiform inscription
+on the cliff of Behistun, was ever faced by a more fascinating
+problem than that which confronts the solar physicist engaged in
+the interpretation of the hieroglyphic lines of sun-spot spectra.
+The colossal whirling storms that constitute sun-spots, so vast
+that the earth would make but a moment's scant mouthful for them,
+differ materially from the general light of the sun when examined
+with the spectroscope. Observing them visually many years ago,
+the late Professor Young, of Princeton, found among their complex
+features a number of double lines which he naturally attributed,
+in harmony with the physical knowledge of the time, to the effect
+of "reversal" by superposed layers of vapors of different density
+and temperature. What he actually saw, however, as was proved at
+the Mount Wilson Observatory in 1908, was the effect of a powerful
+magnetic field on radiation, now known as the Zeeman effect.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 418px;">
+<a name="fig_31">
+<img src="images/fig_31.jpg" width="418" height="494" alt="Fig. 31"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 31. The 150-foot tower telescope of the
+Mount Wilson Observatory.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+An image of the sun about 16 inches in diameter is formed in the
+laboratory at the base of the tower. Below this, in a well extending
+80 feet into the earth, is the powerful spectroscope with which
+the magnetic fields in sun-spots and the general magnetic field
+of the sun are studied.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Faraday was the first to detect the influence of magnetism on light.
+Between the poles of a large electromagnet, powerful for those days
+(1845), he placed a block of very dense glass. The plane of polarization
+of a beam of light, which passed unaffected through the glass before
+the switch was closed, was seen to rotate when the magnetic field
+was produced by the flow of the current. A similar rotation is
+now familiar in the well-known tests of sugars&mdash;l&aelig;vulose
+and dextrose&mdash;which rotate plane-polarized light to left and
+right, respectively.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But in this first discovery of a relationship between light and
+magnetism Faraday had not taken the more important step that he
+coveted&mdash;to determine whether the vibration period of a
+light-emitting particle is subject to change in a magnetic field.
+He attempted this in 1862&mdash;the last experiment of his life.
+A sodium flame was placed between the poles of a magnet, and the
+yellow lines were watched in a spectroscope when the magnet was
+excited. No change could be detected, and none was found by subsequent
+investigators until Zeeman, of Leiden, with more powerful instruments
+made his famous discovery, the twenty-fifth anniversary of which
+has recently been celebrated.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 414px;">
+<a name="fig_32">
+<img src="images/fig_32.jpg" width="414" height="336" alt="Fig. 32"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 32. Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+Observatory.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Showing the large magnet (on the left) and the spectroscopes used
+for the study of the effect of magnetism on radiation. A single line
+in the spectrum is split by the magnetic field into from three to
+twenty-one components, as illustrated in Fig. 34. The corresponding
+lines in the spectra of sun-spots are split up in precisely the
+same way, thus indicating the presence of powerful magnetic fields
+in the sun.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+His method of procedure was similar to Faraday's, but his magnet and
+spectroscope were much more powerful, and a theory due to Lorentz,
+predicting the nature of the change to be expected, was available
+as a check on his results. When the current was applied the lines
+were seen to widen. In a still more powerful magnetic field each
+of them split into two components (when the observation was made
+along the lines of force), and the light of the components of each
+line was found to be circularly polarized in opposite directions.
+Strictly in harmony with Lorentz's theory, this splitting and
+polarization proved the presence in the luminous vapor of exactly such
+negatively charged electrons as had been indicated there previously
+by very different experimental methods.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In 1908 great cyclonic storms, or vortices, were discovered at
+the Mount Wilson Observatory centring in sun-spots. Such whirling
+masses of hot vapors, inferred from Sir Joseph Thomson's results
+to contain electrically charged particles, should give rise to a
+magnetic field. This hypothesis at once suggested that the double
+lines observed by Young might really represent the Zeeman effect.
+The test was made, and all the characteristic phenomena of radiation
+in a magnetic field were found.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Thus a great physical experiment is constantly being performed
+for us in the sun. Every large sunspot contains a magnetic field
+covering many thousands of square miles, within which the spectrum
+lines of iron, manganese, chromium, titanium, vanadium, calcium,
+and other metallic vapors are so powerfully affected that their
+widening and splitting can be seen with telescopes and spectroscopes
+of moderate size.
+</p>
+
+<h3>THE TOWER TELESCOPE</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Both of these illustrations show how the physicist and chemist,
+when adequately armed for astronomical attack, can take advantage
+in their studies of the stupendous processes visible in cosmic
+crucibles, heated to high temperatures and influenced, as in the
+case of sun-spots, by intense magnetic fields. Certain modern
+instruments, like the 60-foot and 150-foot tower telescopes on
+Mount Wilson, are especially designed for observing the course
+of these experiments. The second of these telescopes produces at
+a fixed point in a laboratory an image of the sun about 16 inches
+in diameter, thus enlarging the sun-spots to such a scale that
+the magnetic phenomena of their various parts can be separately
+studied. This analysis is accomplished with a spectroscope 80 feet
+in length, mounted in a subterranean chamber beneath the tower. The
+varied results of such investigations cannot be described here.
+Only one of them may be mentioned&mdash;the discovery that the
+entire sun, rotating on its axis, is a great magnet. Hence we may
+reasonably infer that every star, and probably every planet, is
+also a magnet, as the earth has been known to be since the days
+of Gilbert's "De Magnete." Here lies one of the best clues for
+the physicist who seeks the cause of magnetism, and attempts to
+produce it, as Barnett has recently succeeded in doing, by rapidly
+whirling masses of metal in the laboratory.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 421px;">
+<a name="fig_33">
+<img src="images/fig_33.jpg" width="421" height="305" alt="Fig. 33"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 33. Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen
+atmosphere. (Benioff).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph. The electric vortex that
+causes the magnetic field of the spot lies at a lower level, and
+is not shown by such photographs.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Perhaps a word of caution should be interpolated at this point.
+Solar magnetism in no wise accounts for the sun's gravitational
+power. Indeed, its attraction cannot be felt by the most delicate
+instruments at the distance of the earth, and would still be unknown
+were it not for the influence of magnetism on light.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Auroras, magnetic storms, and such electric currents as those that
+recently deranged several Atlantic cables are due, not to the magnetism
+of the sun or its spots, but probably to streams of electrons, shot
+out from highly disturbed areas of the solar surface surrounding
+great sun-spots, traversing ninety-three million miles of the ether
+of space, and penetrating deep into the earth's atmosphere. These
+striking phenomena lead us into another chapter of physics, which
+limitations of space forbid us to pursue.
+</p>
+
+<h3>STELLAR CHEMISTRY</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Let us turn again to chemistry, and see where experiments performed
+in cosmic laboratories can serve as a guide to the investigator.
+A spinning solar tornado, incomparably greater in scale than the
+devastating whirlwinds that so often cut narrow paths of destruction
+through town and country in the Middle West, gradually gives rise
+to a sun-spot. The expansion produced by the centrifugal force at
+the centre of the storm cools the intensely hot gases of the solar
+atmosphere to a point where chemical union can occur. Titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in most regions of the sun, join
+to form the vapor of titanium oxide, characterized in the sunspot
+spectrum by fluted bands, made up of hundreds of regularly spaced
+lines. Similarly magnesium and hydrogen combine as magnesium hydride
+and calcium and hydrogen form calcium hydride. None of these compounds,
+stable at the high temperatures of sun-spots, has been much studied
+in the laboratory. The regions in which they exist, though cooler
+than the general atmosphere of the sun, are at temperatures of
+several thousand degrees, attained in our laboratories only with
+the aid of such devices as powerful electric furnaces.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 413px;">
+<a name="fig_34">
+<img src="images/fig_34.jpg" width="413" height="324" alt="Fig. 34"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 34. Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic
+field (Babcock).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The upper and lower strips show lines in the spectrum of chromium,
+observed without a magnetic field. When subjected to the influence
+of magnetism, these single lines are split into several components.
+Thus the first line on the right is resolved by the field into
+three components, one of which (plane polarized) appears in the
+second strip, while the other two, which are polarized in a plane
+at right angles to that of the middle component, are shown on the
+third strip. The next line is split by the magnetic field into
+twelve components, four of which appear in the second strip and
+eight in the third. The magnetic fields in sun-spots affect these
+lines in precisely the same way.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is interesting to follow our line of reasoning to the stars,
+which differ widely in temperature at various stages in their
+life-cycle.[*] A sun-spot is a solar tornado, wherein the intensely
+hot solar vapors are cooled by expansion, giving rise to the compounds
+already named. A red star, in Russell's scheme of stellar evolution,
+is a cooler sun, vast in volume and far more tenuous than atmospheric
+air when in the initial period of the "giant" stage, but compressed
+and denser than water in the "dwarf" stage, into which our sun has
+already entered as it gradually approaches the last phases of its
+existence. Therefore we should find, throughout the entire atmosphere
+of such stars, some of the same compounds that are produced within
+the comparatively small limits of a sun-spot. This, of course,
+on the correct assumption that sun and stars are made of the same
+substances. Fowler has already identified the bands of titanium
+oxide in such red stars as the giant Betelgeuse, and in others
+of its class. It is safe to predict that an interesting chapter
+in the chemistry of the future will be based upon the study of
+such compounds, both in the laboratory and under the progressive
+temperature conditions afforded by the countless stellar "giants"
+and "dwarfs" that precede and follow the solar state.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote *: See Chapter II.]
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_35">
+<img src="images/fig_35.jpg" width="417" height="318" alt="Fig. 35"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 35. Electric furnace in the Pasadena
+laboratory of the Mount Wilson Observatory.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+With which the chemical phenomena observed in sun-spots and red
+stars are experimentally imitated.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>ASTROPHYSICAL LABORATORIES</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is precisely in this long sequence of physical and chemical
+changes that the astrophysicist and the astrochemist can find the
+means of pushing home their attack. It is true, of course, that
+the laboratory investigator has a great advantage in his ability
+to control his experiments, and to vary their progress at will.
+But by judicious use of the transcendental temperatures, far out
+ranging those of his furnaces, and extreme conditions, which he can
+only partially imitate, afforded by the sun, stars, and nebul&aelig;,
+he may greatly widen the range of his inquiries. The sequence of
+phenomena seen during the growth of a sun-spot, or the observation
+of spots of different sizes, and the long series of successive
+steps that mark the rise and decay of stellar life, resemble the
+changes that the experimenter brings about as he increases and
+diminishes the current in the coils of his magnet or raises and
+lowers the temperature of his electric furnace, examining from
+time to time the spectrum of the glowing vapors, and noting the
+changes shown by the varying appearance of their lines.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 690px;">
+<a name="fig_36">
+<img src="images/fig_36.jpg" width="690" height="135" alt="Fig. 36"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 36. Titanium oxide in red stars.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The upper spectrum is that of titanium in the flame of the electric
+arc, where its combination with oxygen gives rise to the bands of
+titanium oxide (Fowler). The lower strip shows the spectrum of
+the red star Mira (Omicron Ceti), as drawn by Cortie at Stonyhurst.
+The bands of titanium oxide are clearly present in the star.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 691px; margin-top: 1em;">
+<a name="fig_37">
+<img src="images/fig_37.jpg" width="691" height="220" alt="Fig. 37"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 37. Titanium oxide in sun-spots.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The upper strip shows a portion of the spectrum of a sun-spot
+(Ellerman); the lower one the corresponding region of the spectrum
+of titanium oxide (King). The fluted bands of the oxide spectrum
+are easily identified in the spot, where they indicate that titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in the solar atmosphere, unite in the
+spot because of the cooling produced by expansion in the vortex.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Astronomical observations of this character, it should be noted, are
+most effective when constantly tested and interpreted by laboratory
+experiment. Indeed, a modern astrophysical observatory should be
+equipped like a great physical laboratory, provided on the one hand
+with telescopes and accessory apparatus of the greatest attainable
+power, and on the other with every device known to the investigator
+of radiation and the related physical and chemical phenomena. Its
+telescopes, especially designed with the aims of the physicist and
+chemist in view, bring images of sun, stars, nebul&aelig;, and
+other heavenly bodies within the reach of powerful spectroscopes,
+sensitive bolometers and thermopiles, and the long array of other
+appliances available for the measurement and analysis of radiation.
+Its electric furnaces, arcs, sparks, and vacuum tubes, its apparatus
+for increasing and decreasing pressure, varying chemical conditions,
+and subjecting luminous gases and vapors to the influence of electric
+and magnetic fields, provide the means of imitating celestial phenomena,
+and of repeating and interpreting the experiments observed at the
+telescope. And the advantage thus derived, as we have seen, is not
+confined to the astronomer, who has often been able, by making
+fundamental physical and chemical discoveries, to repay his debt
+to the physicist and chemist for the apparatus and methods which
+he owes to them.
+</p>
+
+<h3>NEWTON AND EINSTEIN</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Take, for another example, the greatest law of physics&mdash;Newton's
+law of gravitation. Huge balls of lead, as used by Cavendish, produce
+by their gravitational effect a minute rotation of a delicately
+suspended bar, carrying smaller balls at its extremities. But no
+such feeble means sufficed for Newton's purpose. To prove the law
+of gravitation he had recourse to the tremendous pull on the moon
+of the entire mass of the earth, and then extended his researches
+to the mutual attractions of all the bodies of the solar system.
+Later Herschel applied this law to the suns which constitute double
+stars, and to-day Adams observes from Mount Wilson stars falling
+with great velocity toward the centre of the galactic system under
+the combined pull of the millions of objects that compose it. Thus
+full advantage has been taken of the possibility of utilizing the
+great masses of the heavenly bodies for the discovery and application
+of a law of physics and its reciprocal use in explaining celestial
+motions.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 414px;">
+<a name="fig_38">
+<img src="images/fig_38.jpg" width="414" height="297" alt="Fig. 38"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 38. The Cavendish experiment.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Two lead balls, each two inches in diameter, are attached to the
+ends of a torsion rod six feet long, which is suspended by a fine
+wire. The experiment consists in measuring the rotation of the
+suspended system, caused by the gravitational attraction of two
+lead spheres, each twelve inches in diameter, acting on the two
+small lead balls.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Or consider the Einstein theory of relativity, the truth or falsity
+of which is no less fundamental to physics. Its inception sprang from
+the Michelson-Morley experiment, made in a laboratory in Cleveland,
+which showed that motion of the earth through the ether of space
+could not be detected. All of the three chief tests of Einstein's
+general theory are astronomical&mdash;because of the great masses
+required to produce the minute effects predicted: the motion of
+the perihelion of Mercury, the deflection of the light of a star
+by the attraction of the sun, and the shift of the lines of the
+solar spectrum toward the red&mdash;questions not yet completely
+answered.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But it is in the study of the constitution of matter and the evolution
+of the elements, the deepest and most critical problem of physics
+and chemistry, that the extremes of pressure and temperature in the
+heavenly bodies, and the prevalence of other physical conditions not
+yet successfully imitated on earth, promise the greatest progress.
+It fortunately happens that astrophysical research is now at the
+very apex of its development, founded as it is upon many centuries
+of astronomical investigation, rejuvenated by the introduction
+into the observatory of all the modern devices of the physicist,
+and strengthened with instruments of truly extraordinary range
+and power. These instruments bring within reach experiments that
+are in progress on some minute region of the sun's disk, or in
+some star too distant even to be glimpsed with ordinary telescopes.
+Indeed, the huge astronomical lenses and mirrors now available
+serve for these remote light-sources exactly the purpose of the
+lens or mirror employed by the physicist to project upon the slit
+of his spectroscope the image of a spark or arc or vacuum tube
+within which atoms and molecules are exposed to the influence of
+the electric discharge. The physicist has the advantage of complete
+control over the experimental conditions, while the astrophysicist
+must observe and interpret the experiments performed for him in
+remote laboratories. In actual practice, the two classes of work
+must be done in the closest conjunction, if adequate utilization
+is to be made of either. And this is only natural, for the trend
+of recent research has made clear the fact that one of the three
+greatest problems of modern astronomy and astrophysics, ranking
+with the structure of the universe and the evolution of celestial
+bodies, is the constitution of matter. Let us see why this is so.
+</p>
+
+<h3>TRANSMUTATION OF THE ELEMENTS</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The dream of the alchemist was to transmute one element into another,
+with the prime object of producing gold. Such transmutation has been
+actually accomplished within the last few years, but the process
+is invariably one of disintegration&mdash;the more complex elements
+being broken up into simpler constituents. Much remains to be done
+in this same direction; and here the stars and nebul&aelig;, which
+show the spectra of the elements under a great variety of conditions,
+should help to point the way. The progressive changes in spectra,
+from the exclusive indications of the simple elements hydrogen,
+helium, nitrogen, possibly carbon, and the terrestrially unknown gas
+nebulium in the gaseous nebul&aelig;, to the long list of familiar
+substances, including several chemical compounds, in the red stars,
+may prove to be fundamentally significant when adequately studied
+from the standpoint of the investigator of atomic structure. The
+existing evidence seems to favor the view, recently expressed by
+Saha, that many of these differences are due to varying degrees
+of ionization, the outer electrons of the atoms being split off
+by high temperature or electrical excitation. It is even possible
+that cosmic crucibles, unrivalled by terrestrial ones, may help
+materially to reveal the secret of the formation of complex elements
+from simpler ones. Physicists now believe that all of the elements are
+compounded of hydrogen atoms, bound together by negative electrons.
+Thus helium is made up of four hydrogen atoms, yet the atomic weight
+of helium (4) is less than four times that of hydrogen (1.008).
+The difference may represent the mass of the electrical energy
+released when the transmutation occurred.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 417px;">
+<a name="fig_39">
+<img src="images/fig_39.jpg" width="417" height="533" alt="Fig. 39"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 39. The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius
+(Ritchey).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+The gas "nebulium," not yet found on the earth, is the most
+characteristic constituent of irregular nebul&aelig;. Nebulium
+is recognized by two green lines in its spectrum, which cause the
+green color of nebul&aelig; of the gaseous type.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Eddington has speculated in a most interesting way on this possible
+source of stellar heat in his recent presidential address before
+the British Association for the Advancement of Science (see
+<i>Nature</i>, September 2, 1920). He points out that the old
+contraction hypothesis, according to which the source of solar
+and stellar heat was supposed to reside in the slow condensation
+of a radiating mass of gas under the action of gravity, is wholly
+inadequate to explain the observed phenomena. If the old view were
+correct, the earlier history of a star, from the giant stage of
+a cool and diaphanous gas to the period of highest temperature,
+would be run through within eighty thousand years, whereas we have
+the best of evidence that many thousands of centuries would not
+suffice. Some other source of energy is imperatively needed. If 5
+per cent of a star's mass consists originally of hydrogen atoms,
+which gradually combine in the slow process of time to form more
+complex elements, the total heat thus liberated would more than
+suffice to account for all demands, and it would be unnecessary
+to assume the existence of any other source of heat.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 421px;">
+<a name="fig_40">
+<img src="images/fig_40.jpg" width="421" height="537" alt="Fig. 40"></a>
+<p class="image">Fig. 40. Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey).</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Luminous matter, in every variety of physical and chemical state,
+is available for study in the most diverse celestial objects, from
+the spiral and irregular nebul&aelig; through all the types of
+stars. Doctor van Maanen's measures of the Mount Wilson photographs
+indicate outward motion along the arms of spiral nebul&aelig;,
+while the spectroscope shows them to be whirling at enormous
+velocities.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>COSMIC PRESSURES</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This, it may fairly be said, is very speculative, but the fact
+remains that celestial bodies appear to be the only places in which
+the complex elements may be in actual process of formation from
+their known source&mdash;hydrogen. At least we may see what a vast
+variety of physical conditions these cosmic crucibles afford. At
+one end of the scale we have the excessively tenuous nebul&aelig;,
+the luminosity of which, mysterious in its origin, resembles the
+electric glow in our vacuum tubes. Here we can detect only the
+lightest and simplest of the elements. In the giant stars, also
+extremely tenuous (the density of Betelgeuse can hardly exceed
+one-thousandth of an atmosphere) we observe the spectra of iron,
+manganese, titanium, calcium, chromium, magnesium, vanadium, and
+sodium, in addition to titanium oxide. The outer part of these bodies,
+from which light reaches us, must therefore be at a temperature
+of only a few thousand degrees, but vastly higher temperatures
+must prevail at their centres. In passing up the temperature curve
+more and more elements appear, the surface temperature rises, and
+the internal temperature may reach millions of degrees. At the
+same time the pressure within must also rise, reaching enormous
+figures in the last stages of stellar life. Cook has calculated
+that the pressure at the centre of the earth is between 4,000 and
+10,000 tons per square inch, and this must be only a very small
+fraction of that attained within larger celestial bodies. Jeans
+has computed the pressure at the centre of two colliding stars
+as they strike and flatten, and finds it may be of the order of
+1,000,000,000 tons per square inch&mdash;sufficient, if their diameter
+be equal to that of the sun&mdash;to vaporize them 100,000 times
+over.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Compare these pressures with the highest that can be produced on
+earth. If the German gun that bombarded Paris were loaded with a
+solid steel projectile of suitable dimensions, a muzzle velocity
+of 6,000 feet per second could be reached. Suppose this to be fired
+into a tapered hole in a great block of steel. The instantaneous
+pressure, according to Cook, would be about 7,000 tons per square
+inch, only 1/150000 of that possible through the collision of the
+largest stars.
+</p>
+
+<div class="image" style="width: 415px;">
+<a name="fig_41">
+<img src="images/fig_41.jpg" width="415" height="327" alt="Fig. 41"></a>
+<p>Fig. 41. Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount Wilson.</p>
+
+<p class="smaller">
+Michelson is measuring the velocity of light between stations on
+Mount Wilson and Mount San Antonio. Astronomical observations afford
+the best means, however, of detecting any possible difference between
+the velocities of light of different colors. From studies of variable
+stars in the cluster Messier 5 Shapley concludes that if there is
+any difference between the velocities of blue and yellow light
+in free space it cannot exceed two inches in one second, the time
+in which light travels 186,000 miles.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Finally, we may compare the effects of light pressure on the earth
+and stars. Twenty years ago Nichols and Hull succeeded, with the
+aid of the most sensitive apparatus, in measuring the minute
+displacements produced by the pressure of light. The effect is
+so slight, even with the brightest light-sources available, that
+great experimental skill is required to measure it. Yet in the
+case of some of the larger stars Eddington calculates that one-half
+of their mass is supported by radiation pressure, and this against
+their enormous gravitational attraction. In fact, if their mass
+were as great as ten times that of the sun, the radiation pressure
+would so nearly overcome the pull of gravitation that they would
+be likely to break up.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But enough has been said to illustrate the wide variety of experimental
+devices that stand at our service in the laboratories of the heavens.
+Here the physicist and chemist of the future will more and more
+frequently supplement their terrestrial apparatus, and find new
+clues to the complex problems which the amazing progress of recent
+years has already done so much to solve.
+</p>
+
+<h3>PRACTICAL VALUE OF RESEARCHES ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MATTER</h3>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The layman has no difficulty in recognizing the practical value
+of researches directed toward the improvement of the incandescent
+lamp or the increased efficiency of the telephone. He can see the
+results in the greatly decreased cost of electric illumination
+and the rapid extension of the range of the human voice. But the
+very men who have made these advances, those who have succeeded
+beyond all expectation in accomplishing the economic purposes in
+view, are most emphatic in their insistence upon the importance
+of research of a more fundamental character. Thus Vice-President
+J. J. Carty, of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company, who
+directs its great Department of Development and Research, and Doctor
+W. J. Whitney, Director of the Research Laboratory of the General
+Electric Company, have repeatedly expressed their indebtedness
+to the investigations of the physicist, made with no thought of
+immediate practical return. Faraday, studying the laws of electricity,
+discovered the principle which rendered the dynamo possible. Maxwell,
+Henry, and Hertz, equally unconcerned with material advantage,
+made wireless telegraphy practicable. In fact, all truly great
+advances are thus derived from fundamental science, and the future
+progress of the world will be largely dependent upon the provision
+made for scientific research, especially in the fields of physics
+and chemistry, which underlie all branches of engineering.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The constitution of matter, therefore, instead of appealing as
+a subject to research only to the natural philosopher or to the
+general student of science, is a question of the greatest practical
+concern. Already the by-products of investigations directed toward
+its elucidation have been numerous and useful in the highest degree.
+Helium has been already cited; X-rays hardly require mention; radium,
+which has so materially aided sufferers from cancer, is still better
+known. Wireless telephony and transcontinental telephony with wires
+were both rendered possible by studies of the nature of the electric
+discharge in vacuum tubes. Thus the "practical man," with his distrust
+of "pure" science, need not resent investments made for the purpose
+of advancing our knowledge of such fundamental subjects as physics
+and chemistry. On the contrary, if true to his name, he should
+help to multiply them many fold in the interest of economic and
+commercial development.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 19395-h.htm or 19395-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/3/9/19395/
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_01.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73ee1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_01.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_02.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91054ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_02.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_03.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_03.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ad5a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_03.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_04.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fedad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_04.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_05.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_05.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2597f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_05.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_06.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d938179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_06.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_07.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_07.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f383c74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_07.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_08.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_08.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be59082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_08.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_09.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_09.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..890e695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_09.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_10.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3352c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_10.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_11.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_11.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cf537a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_11.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_12.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_12.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0a804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_12.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_13.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_13.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88fd2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_13.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_14.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_14.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f05e16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_14.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_15.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_15.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be9da3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_15.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_16.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_16.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82a3556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_16.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_17.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_17.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98c54f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_17.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_18.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_18.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0fbcd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_18.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_19.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_19.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b8c69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_19.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_20.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_20.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c672441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_20.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_21.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_21.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..009edf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_21.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_22.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_22.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89baf2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_22.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_23.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_23.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2dff19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_23.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_24.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_24.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32bd7ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_24.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_25.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_25.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4583071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_25.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_26.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_26.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf85a4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_26.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_27.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_27.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14415c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_27.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_28.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_28.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6eed9f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_28.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_29.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_29.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fed4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_29.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_30.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_30.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d6b758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_30.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_31.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_31.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dcb125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_31.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_32.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_32.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d1a2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_32.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_33.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_33.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea381bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_33.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_34.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_34.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b29b0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_34.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_35.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_35.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9708a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_35.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_36.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_36.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d319522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_36.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_37.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_37.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a15667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_37.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_38.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_38.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cea391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_38.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_39.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_39.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd654a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_39.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_40.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_40.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a02803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_40.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395-h/images/fig_41.jpg b/19395-h/images/fig_41.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d9d5e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395-h/images/fig_41.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/19395.txt b/19395.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8923e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2310 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The New Heavens
+
+Author: George Ellery Hale
+
+Release Date: September 28, 2006 [EBook #19395]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 1. The Constellation of Orion (Hubble).
+
+Photographed with a small camera lens of 1 inch aperture and 5
+inches focal length. The three bright stars in the centre of the
+picture form the belt of Orion. Just below, in the sword handle, is
+an irregular white patch about one-eighth of an inch in diameter.
+This is a small-scale image of the great nebula in Orion, shown
+on a larger scale in Fig. 2.]
+
+
+
+
+THE NEW HEAVENS
+
+
+BY
+
+GEORGE ELLERY HALE
+
+DIRECTOR OF THE MOUNT WILSON OBSERVATORY OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION
+OF WASHINGTON
+
+WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+NEW YORK
+
+CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
+
+1922
+
+
+
+
+TO MY WIFE
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+Fourteen years ago, in a book entitled "The Study of Stellar Evolution"
+(University of Chicago Press, 1908), I attempted to give in untechnical
+language an account of some modern methods of astrophysical research.
+This book is now out of print, and the rapid progress of science has
+left it completely out of date. As I have found no opportunity to
+prepare a new edition, or to write another book of similar purpose,
+I have adopted the simpler expedient of contributing occasional
+articles on recent developments to _Scribner's Magazine_, three
+of which are included in the present volume.
+
+I am chiefly indebted, for the illustrations, to the Mount Wilson
+Observatory and the present and former members of its staff whose
+names appear in the captions. Special thanks are due to Mr. Ferdinand
+Ellerman, who made all of the photographs of the observatory buildings
+and instruments, and prepared all material for reproduction. The
+cut of the original Cavendish apparatus is copied from the
+_Philosophical Transactions for 1798_ with the kind permission
+of the Royal Society, and I am also indebted to the Royal Society
+and to Professor Fowler and Father Cortie for the privilege of
+reproducing from the _Proceedings_ two illustrations of their
+spectroscopic results.
+
+G. E. H.
+
+January, 1922.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER
+ I. THE NEW HEAVENS
+ II. GIANT STARS
+ III. COSMIC CRUCIBLES
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+FIG.
+ 1. The Constellation of Orion (Hubble)
+ 2. The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease)
+ 3. Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson, showing the observatory
+ buildings among the trees and bushes
+ 4. The 100-inch Hooker telescope
+ 5. Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch telescope
+ 6. Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope, ready to leave Pasadena
+ for Mount Wilson
+ 7. Section of a steel girder for dome covering the 100-inch telescope,
+ on its way up Mount Wilson
+ 8. Erecting the steel building and revolving dome that cover the Hooker
+ telescope
+ 9. Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in diameter, covering the
+ 100-inch Hooker telescope
+ 10. One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered, rising out of the
+ silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower end of telescope
+ tube. (Seen above)
+ 11. The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause the 100-inch Hooker
+ telescope to follow the stars
+ 12. Large irregular nebula and star cluster in Sagittarius (Duncan)
+ 13. Faint spiral nebula in the constellation of the Hunting Dogs (Pease)
+ 14. Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on (Ritchey)
+ 15. Photograph of the moon made on September 15, 1919, with the 100-inch
+ Hooker telescope (Pease)
+ 16. Photograph of the moon made on September 15, 1919, with the 100-inch
+ Hooker telescope (Pease)
+ 17. Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few nebulae known to vary in
+ brightness and form
+ 18. Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with the 60-inch (Ritchey) and
+ 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes
+ 19. Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb, 140,000 miles high (Ellerman)
+ 20. The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from a direct photograph showing
+ many sun-spots (Whitney)
+ 21. Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917 (Whitney)
+ 22. Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of the sun (Ellerman)
+ 23. Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, and path of
+ the two pencils of light from a star when under observation with the
+ 20-foot Michelson interferometer
+ 24. Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for measuring star diameters,
+ attached to upper end of the skeleton tube of the 100-inch Hooker
+ telescope
+ 25. The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle), familiar as the conspicuous
+ red star in the right shoulder of Orion (Hubble)
+ 26. Arcturus (within the white circle), known to the Arabs as the "Lance
+ Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great Horn" or the "Palace of the
+ Emperors" (Hubble)
+ 27. The giant star Antares (within the white circle), notable for its red
+ color in the constellation Scorpio, and named by the Greeks "A Rival
+ of Mars" (Hubble)
+ 28. Diameters of the Sun, Arcturus, Betelgeuse, and Antares compared with
+ the orbit of Mars
+ 29. Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades), was also known to the Arabs
+ as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart of the Bull," and "The Great
+ Camel" (Hubble)
+ 30. Solar prominences, photographed with the spectroheliograph without an
+ eclipse (Ellerman)
+ 31. The 150-foot tower telescope of the Mount Wilson Observatory
+ 32. Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson Observatory
+ 33. Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen atmosphere (Benioff)
+ 34. Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic field (Bacock)
+ 35. Electric furnace in the Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+ Observatory
+ 36. Titanium oxide in red stars
+ 37. Titanium oxide in sun-spots
+ 38. The Cavendish experiment
+ 39. The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius (Ritchey)
+ 40. Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey)
+ 41. Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount Wilson
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE NEW HEAVENS
+
+Go out under the open sky, on a clear and moon-less night, and try
+to count the stars. If your station lies well beyond the glare of
+cities, which is often strong enough to conceal all but the brighter
+objects, you will find the task a difficult one. Ranging through
+the six magnitudes of the Greek astronomers, from the brilliant
+Sirius to the faintest perceptible points of light, the stars are
+scattered in great profusion over the celestial vault. Their number
+seems limitless, yet actual count will show that the eye has been
+deceived. In a survey of the entire heavens, from pole to pole,
+it would not be possible to detect more than from six to seven
+thousand stars with the naked eye. From a single viewpoint, even
+with the keenest vision, only two or three thousand can be seen.
+So many of these are at the limit of visibility that Ptolemy's
+"Almagest," a catalogue of all the stars whose places were measured
+with the simple instruments of the Greek astronomers, contains
+only 1,022 stars.
+
+Back of Ptolemy, through the speculations of the Greek philosophers,
+the mysteries of the Egyptian sun-god, and the observations of the
+ancient Chaldeans, the rich and varied traditions of astronomy stretch
+far away into a shadowy past. All peoples, in the first stirrings
+of their intellectual youth, drawn by the nightly splendor of the
+skies and the ceaseless motions of the planets, have set up some
+system of the heavens, in which the sense of wonder and the desire
+for knowledge were no less concerned than the practical necessities
+of life. The measurement of time and the needs of navigation have
+always stimulated astronomical research, but the intellectual demand
+has been keen from the first. Hipparchus and the Greek astronomers
+of the Alexandrian school, shaking off the vagaries of magic and
+divination, placed astronomy on a scientific basis, though the
+reaction of the Middle Ages caused even such a great astronomer
+as Tycho Brahe himself to revert for a time to the practice of
+astrology.
+
+EARLY INSTRUMENTS
+
+The transparent sky of Egypt, rarely obscured by clouds, greatly
+favored Ptolemy's observations. Here was prepared his great star
+catalogue, based upon the earlier observations of Hipparchus, and
+destined to remain alone in its field for more than twelve centuries,
+until Ulugh Bey, Prince of Samarcand, repeated the work of his
+Greek predecessor. Throughout this period the stars were looked
+upon mainly as points of reference for the observation of planetary
+motions, and the instruments of observation underwent little change.
+The astrolabe, which consists of a circle divided into degrees,
+with a rotating diametral arm for sighting purposes, embodies their
+essential principle. In its simple form, the astrolabe was suspended
+in a vertical plane, and the stars were observed by bringing the
+sights on the movable diameter to bear upon them. Their altitude
+was then read off on the circle. Ultimately, the circle of the
+astrolabe, mounted with one of its diameters parallel to the earth's
+axis, became the armillary sphere, the precursor of our modern
+equatorial telescope. Great stone quadrants fixed in the meridian
+were also employed from very early times. Out of such furnishings,
+little modified by the lapse of centuries, was provided the elaborate
+instrumental equipment of Uranibourg, the great observatory built
+by Tycho Brahe on the Danish island of Huen in 1576. In this "City
+of the Heavens," still dependent solely upon the unaided eye as a
+collector of starlight, Tycho made those invaluable observations
+that enabled Kepler to deduce the true laws of planetary motion. But
+after all these centuries the sidereal world embraced no objects,
+barring an occasional comet or temporary star, that lay beyond
+the vision of the earliest astronomers. The conceptions of the
+stellar universe, except those that ignored the solid ground of
+observation, were limited by the small aperture of the human eye.
+But the dawn of another age was at hand.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 2. The Great Nebula in Orion (Pease).
+
+Photographed with the 100-inch telescope. This short-exposure photograph
+shows only the bright central part of the nebula. A longer exposure
+reveals a vast outlying region.]
+
+The dominance of the sun as the central body of the solar system,
+recognized by Aristarchus of Samos nearly three centuries before
+the Christian era, but subsequently denied under the authority of
+Ptolemy and the teachings of the Church, was reaffirmed by the
+Polish monk Copernicus in 1543. Kepler's laws of the motions of the
+planets, showing them to revolve in ellipses instead of circles,
+removed the last defect of the Copernican system, and left no room for
+its rejection. But both the world and the Church clung to tradition,
+and some visible demonstration was urgently needed. This was supplied
+by Galileo through his invention of the telescope.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 3. Model by Ellerman of summit of Mount Wilson,
+showing the observatory buildings among the trees and bushes.
+
+The 60-foot tower on the extreme left, which is at the edge of
+a precipitous canon 1,500 feet deep, is the vertical telescope
+of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. Above it are the
+"Monastery" and other buildings used as quarters by the astronomers
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory while at work on the mountain. (The
+offices, computing-rooms, laboratories, and shops are in Pasadena.)
+Following the ridge, we come successively to the dome of the 10-inch
+photographic telescope, the power-house, laboratory, Snow horizontal
+telescope, 60-foot-tower telescope, and 150-foot-tower telescope,
+these last three used for the study of the sun. The dome of the
+60-inch reflecting telescope is just below the 150-foot tower,
+while that of the 100-inch telescope is farther to the right. The
+altitude of Mount Wilson is about 5,900 feet.]
+
+The crystalline lens of the human eye, limited by the iris to a
+maximum opening about one-quarter of an inch in diameter, was the
+only collector of starlight available to the Greek and Arabian
+astronomers. Galileo's telescope, which in 1610 suddenly pushed
+out the boundaries of the known stellar universe and brought many
+thousands of stars into range, had a lens about 2-1/4 inches in
+diameter. The area of this lens, proportional to the square of
+its diameter, was about eighty-one times that of the pupil of the
+eye. This great increase in the amount of light collected should
+bring to view stars down to magnitude 10.5, of which nearly half
+a million are known to exist.
+
+It is not too much to say that Galileo's telescope revolutionized
+human thought. Turned to the moon, it revealed mountains, plains,
+and valleys, while the sun, previously supposed immaculate in its
+perfection, was seen to be blemished with dark spots changing from
+day to day. Jupiter, shown to be accompanied by four encircling
+satellites, afforded a picture in miniature of the solar system,
+and strongly supported the Copernican view of its organization,
+which was conclusively demonstrated by Galileo's discovery of the
+changing phases of Venus and the variation of its apparent diameter
+during its revolution about the sun. Galileo's proof of the Copernican
+theory marked the downfall of mediaevalism and established astronomy on
+a firm foundation. But while his telescope multiplied a hundredfold
+the number of visible stars, more than a century elapsed before
+the true possibilities of sidereal astronomy were perceived.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 4. The 100-inch Hooker telescope.]
+
+STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
+
+Sir William Herschel was the first astronomer to make a serious
+attack upon the problem of the structure of the stellar universe.
+In his first memoir on the "Construction of the Heavens," read
+before the Royal Society in 1784, he wrote as follows:
+
+"Hitherto the sidereal heavens have, not inadequately for the purpose
+designed, been represented by the concave surface of a sphere in
+the centre of which the eye of an observer might be supposed to be
+placed.... In future we shall look upon those regions into which we
+may now penetrate by means of such large telescopes, as a naturalist
+regards a rich extent of ground or chain of mountains containing
+strata variously inclined and directed as well as consisting of
+very different materials."
+
+On turning his 18-inch reflecting telescope to a part of the Milky
+Way in Orion, he found its whitish appearance to be completely
+resolved into small stars, not separately seen with his former
+telescopes. "The glorious multitude of stars of all possible sizes
+that presented themselves here to my view are truly astonishing; but
+as the dazzling brightness of glittering stars may easily mislead
+us so far as to estimate their number greater than it really is,
+I endeavored to ascertain this point by counting many fields, and
+computing from a mean of them, what a certain given portion of
+the Milky Way might contain." By this means, applied not only to
+the Milky Way but to all parts of the heavens, Herschel determined
+the approximate number and distribution of all the stars within
+reach of his instrument.
+
+By comparing many hundred gauges or counts of stars visible in
+a field of about one-quarter of the area of the moon, Herschel
+found that the average number of stars increased toward the great
+circle which most nearly conforms with the course of the Milky Way.
+Ninety degrees from this plane, at the pole of the Milky Way, only
+four stars, on the average, were seen in the field of the telescope.
+In approaching the Milky Way this number increased slowly at first,
+and then more and more rapidly, until it rose to an average of
+122 stars per field.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 5. Erecting the polar axis of the 100-inch
+telescope.]
+
+These observations were made in the northern hemisphere, and
+subsequently Sir John Herschel, using his father's telescope at
+the Cape of Good Hope, found an almost exactly similar increase
+of apparent star density for the southern hemisphere. According to
+his estimates, the total number of stars in both hemispheres that
+could be seen distinctly enough to be counted in this telescope
+would probably be about five and one-half millions.
+
+The Herschels concluded that "the stars of our firmament, instead
+of being scattered in all directions indifferently through space,
+form a stratum of which the thickness is small, in comparison with
+its length and breadth; and in which the earth occupies a place
+somewhere about the middle of its thickness, between the point
+where it subdivides into two principal laminae inclined at a small
+angle to each other." This view does not differ essentially from our
+modern conception of the form of the Galaxy; but as the Herschels
+were unable to see stars fainter than the fifteenth magnitude,
+it is evident that their conclusions apply only to a restricted
+region surrounding the solar system, in the midst of the enormously
+extended sidereal universe which modern instruments have brought
+within our range.
+
+MODERN METHODS
+
+The remarkable progress of modern astronomy is mainly due to two
+great instrumental advances: the rise and development of the
+photographic telescope, and the application of the spectroscope to
+the study of celestial objects. These new and powerful instruments,
+supplemented by many accessories which have completely revolutionized
+observatory equipment, have not only revealed a vastly greater
+number of stars and nebulae: they have also rendered feasible
+observations of a type formerly regarded as impossible. The chemical
+analysis of a faint star is now so easy that it can be accomplished
+in a very short time--as quickly, in fact, as an equally complex
+substance can be analyzed in the laboratory. The spectroscope also
+measures a star's velocity, the pressure at different levels in
+its atmosphere, its approximate temperature, and now, by a new
+and ingenious method, its distance from the earth. It determines
+the velocity of rotation of the sun and of nebulae, the existence
+and periods of orbital revolution of binary stars too close to
+be separated by any telescope, the presence of magnetic fields
+in sunspots, and the fact that the entire sun, like the earth, is
+a magnet.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 6. Lowest section of tube of 100-inch telescope,
+ready to leave Pasadena for Mount Wilson.]
+
+Such new possibilities, with many others resulting from the application
+of physical methods of the most diverse character, have greatly
+enlarged the astronomer's outlook. He may now attack two great
+problems: (1) The structure of the universe and the motions of
+its constituent bodies, and (2) the evolution of the stars: their
+nature, origin, growth, and decline. These two problems are intimately
+related and must be studied as one.[*]
+
+[Footnote *: A third great problem open to the astronomer, the
+study of the constitution of matter, is described in Chapter III.]
+
+If space permitted, it would be interesting to survey the progress
+already accomplished by modern methods of astronomical research.
+Hundreds of millions of stars have been photographed, and the boundaries
+of the stellar universe have been pushed far into space, but have not
+been attained. Globular star clusters, containing tens of thousands
+of stars, are on so great a scale (according to Shapley) that light,
+travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, may take 500
+years to cross one of them, while the most distant of these objects
+may be more than 200,000 light-years from the earth. The spiral
+nebulae, more than a million in number, are vast whirling masses
+in process of development, but we are not yet certain whether they
+should be regarded as "island universes" or as subordinate to the
+stellar system which includes our minute group of sun and planets,
+the great star clouds of the Milky Way, and the distant globular
+star clusters.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 7. Section of a steel girder for dome covering
+the 100-inch telescope, on its way up Mount Wilson.]
+
+These few particulars may give a slight conception of the scale
+of the known universe, but a word must be added regarding some
+of its most striking phenomena. The great majority of the stars
+whose motions have been determined belong to one or the other of
+two great star streams, but the part played by these streams in the
+sidereal system as a whole is still obscure. The stars have been
+grouped in classes, presumably in the order of their evolutional
+development, as they pass from the early state of gaseous masses, of
+low density, through the successive stages resulting from loss of
+heat by radiation and increased density due to shrinkage. Strangely
+enough, their velocities in space show a corresponding change,
+increasing as they grow older or perhaps depending upon their mass.
+
+It is impossible within these limits to do more than to give some
+indication of the scope of the new astronomy. Enough has been said,
+however, to assist in appreciating the increased opportunity for
+investigation, and the nature of the heavy demands made upon the
+modern observatory. But before passing on to describe one of the
+latest additions to the astronomer's instrumental equipment, a
+word should be added regarding the chief classes of telescopes.
+
+REFRACTORS AND REFLECTORS
+
+Astronomical telescopes are of two types: refractors and reflectors.
+A refracting telescope consists of an object-glass composed of
+two or more lenses, mounted at the upper end of a tube, which is
+pointed at the celestial object. The light, after passing through
+the lenses, is brought to a focus at the lower end of the tube, where
+the image is examined visually with an eyepiece, or photographed
+upon a sensitive plate. The largest instruments of this type are
+the 36-inch Lick telescope and the 40-inch refractor of the Yerkes
+Observatory.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 8. Erecting the steel building and revolving
+dome that cover the Hooker telescope.]
+
+Reflecting telescopes, which are particularly adapted for photographic
+work, though also excellent for visual observations, are very
+differently constructed. No lens is used. The telescope tube is
+usually built in skeleton form, open at its upper end, and with
+a large concave mirror supported at its base. This mirror serves
+in place of a lens. Its upper surface is paraboloidal in shape,
+as a spherical surface will not unite in a sharp focus the rays
+coming from a distant object. The light passes through no glass--a
+great advantage, especially for photography, as the absorption
+in lenses cuts out much of the blue and violet light, to which
+photographic plates are most sensitive. The reflection occurs on
+the _upper_ surface of the mirror, which is covered with a coat of
+pure silver, renewed several times a year and always kept highly
+burnished. Silvered glass is better than metals or other substances
+for telescope mirrors, chiefly because of the perfection with which
+glass can be ground and polished, and the ease of renewing its
+silvered surface when tarnished.
+
+The great reflectors of Herschel and Lord Rosse, which were provided
+with mirrors of speculum metal, were far inferior to much smaller
+telescopes of the present day. With these instruments the star images
+were watched as they were carried through the field of view by the
+earth's rotation, or kept roughly in place by moving the telescope
+with ropes or chains. Photographic plates, which reveal invisible
+stars and nebulae when exposed for hours in modern instruments, were
+not then available. In any case they could not have been used,
+in the absence of the perfect mechanism required to keep the star
+images accurately fixed in place upon the sensitive film.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 9. Building and revolving dome, 100 feet in
+diameter, covering the 100-inch Hooker telescope.
+
+Photographed from the summit of the 150-foot-tower telescope.]
+
+It would be interesting to trace the long contest for supremacy
+between refracting and reflecting telescopes, each of which, at
+certain stages in its development, appeared to be unrivalled. In
+modern observatories both types are used, each for the purpose for
+which it is best adapted. For the photography of nebulae and the
+study of the fainter stars, the reflector has special advantages,
+illustrated by the work of such instruments as the Crossley and Mills
+reflectors of the Lick Observatory; the great 72-inch reflector,
+recently brought into effective service at the Dominion Observatory
+in Canada; and the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory.
+
+The unaided eye, with an available area of one-twentieth of a square
+inch, permits us to see stars of the sixth magnitude. Herschel's
+18-inch reflector, with an area 5,000 times as great, rendered
+visible stars of the fifteenth magnitude. The 60-inch reflector,
+with an area 57,600 times that of the eye, reveals stars of the
+eighteenth magnitude, while to reach stars of about the twentieth
+magnitude, photographic exposures of four or five hours suffice
+with this instrument.
+
+Every gain of a magnitude means a great gain in the number of stars
+rendered visible. Stars of the second magnitude are 3.4 times as
+numerous as those of the first, those of the eighth magnitude are
+three times as numerous as those of the seventh, while the sixteenth
+magnitude stars are only 1.7 as numerous as those of the fifteenth
+magnitude. This steadily decreasing ratio is probably due to an
+actual thinning out of the stars toward the boundaries of the stellar
+universe, as the most exhaustive tests have failed to give any
+evidence of absorption of light in its passage through space. But
+in spite of this decrease, the gain of a single additional magnitude
+may mean the addition of many millions of stars to the total of those
+already shown by the 60-inch reflector. Here is one of the chief
+sources of interest in the possibilities of a 100-inch reflecting
+telescope.
+
+100-INCH TELESCOPE
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 10. One-hundred-inch mirror, just silvered,
+rising out of the silvering-room in pier before attachment to lower
+end of telescope tube. (Seen above.)]
+
+In 1906 the late John D. Hooker, of Los Angeles, gave the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington a sum sufficient to construct a telescope
+mirror 100 inches in diameter, and thus large enough to collect
+160,000 times the light received by the eye. (Fig. 10.) The casting
+and annealing of a suitable glass disk, 101 inches in diameter
+and 13 inches thick, weighing four and one-half tons, was a most
+difficult operation, finally accomplished by a great French glass
+company at their factory in the Forest of St. Gobain. A special
+optical laboratory was erected at the Pasadena headquarters of
+the Mount Wilson Observatory, and here the long task of grinding,
+figuring, and testing the mirror was successfully carried out by
+the observatory opticians. This operation, which is one of great
+delicacy, required years for its completion. Meanwhile the building,
+dome, and mounting for the telescope were designed by members of
+the observatory staff, and the working drawings were prepared. An
+opportune addition by Mr. Carnegie to the endowment of the Carnegie
+Institution of Washington, of which the observatory is a branch,
+permitted the necessary appropriations to be made for the completion
+and erection of the telescope. Though delayed by the war, during
+which the mechanical and optical facilities of the observatory
+shops were utilized for military and naval purposes, the telescope
+is now in regular use on Mount Wilson.
+
+The instrument is mounted on a massive pier of reinforced concrete,
+33 feet high and 52 feet in diameter at the top. A solid wall extends
+south from this pier a distance of 50 feet, on the west side of
+which a very powerful spectrograph, for photographing the spectra
+of the brightest stars, will be mounted. Within the pier are a
+photographic dark room, a room for silvering the large mirror (which
+can be lowered into the pier), and the clock-room, where stands
+the powerful driving-clock, with which the telescope is caused
+to follow the apparent motion of the stars. (Fig. 11.)
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 11. The driving-clock and worm-gear that cause
+the 100-inch Hooker telescope to follow the stars.]
+
+The telescope mounting is of the English type, in which the telescope
+tube is supported by the declination trunnions between the arms of
+the polar axis, built in the form of a rectangular yoke carried by
+bearings on massive pedestals to the north and south. These bearings
+must be aligned exactly parallel to the axis of the earth, and must
+support the polar axis so freely that it can be rotated with perfect
+precision by the driving-clock, which turns a worm-wheel 17 feet in
+diameter, clamped to the lower end of the axis. As this motion
+must be sufficiently uniform to counteract exactly the rotation
+of the earth on its axis, and thus to maintain the star images
+accurately in position in the field of view, the greatest care
+had to be taken in the construction of the driving-clock and in
+the spacing and cutting of the teeth in the large worm-wheel. Here,
+as in the case of all of the more refined parts of the instrument,
+the work was done by skilled machinists in the observatory shops in
+Pasadena or on Mount Wilson after the assembling of the telescope.
+The massive sections of the instrument, some of which weigh as
+much as ten tons each, were constructed at Quincy, Mass., where
+machinery sufficiently large to build battleships was available.
+They were then shipped to California, and transported to the summit
+of Mount Wilson over a road built for this purpose by the construction
+division of the observatory, which also built the pier on which the
+telescope stands, and erected the steel building and dome that
+cover it.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 12. Large irregular nebula and star cluster
+in Sagittarius (Duncan).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 13. Faint spiral nebula in the constellation
+of the Hunting Dogs (Pease).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+The parts of the telescope which are moved by the driving-clock
+weigh about 100 tons, and it was necessary to provide means of
+reducing the great friction on the bearings of the polar axis. To
+accomplish this, large hollow steel cylinders, floating in mercury
+held in cast-iron tanks, were provided at the upper and lower ends
+of the polar axis. Almost the entire weight of the instrument is
+thus floated in mercury, and in this way the friction is so greatly
+reduced that the driving-clock moves the instrument with perfect
+ease and smoothness.
+
+The 100-inch mirror rests at the bottom of the telescope tube on
+a special support system, so designed as to prevent any bending of
+the glass under its own weight. Electric motors, forty in number, are
+provided to move the telescope rapidly or slowly in right ascension
+(east or west) and in declination (north or south), for focussing
+the mirrors, and for many other purposes. They are also used for
+rotating the dome, 100 feet in diameter, under which the telescope
+is mounted, and for opening the shutter, 20 feet wide, through
+which the observations are made.
+
+A telescope of this kind can be used in several different ways.
+The 100-inch mirror has a focal length of about 42 feet, and in
+one of the arrangements of the instrument, the photographic plate
+is mounted at the centre of the telescope tube near its upper end,
+where it receives directly the image formed by the large mirror. In
+another arrangement, a silvered glass mirror, with plane surface,
+is supported near the upper end of the tube at an angle of 45 deg., so
+as to form the image at the side of the tube, where the photographic
+plate can be placed. In this case, the observer stands on a platform,
+which is moved up and down by electric motors in front of the opening
+in the dome through which the observations are made.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 14. Spiral nebula in Andromeda, seen edge on
+(Ritchey).
+
+Photographed with the 60-inch telescope.]
+
+Other arrangements of the telescope, for which auxiliary convex
+mirrors carried near the upper end of the tube are required, permit
+the image to be photographed at the side of the tube near its lower
+end, either with or without a spectrograph; or with a very powerful
+spectrograph mounted within a constant-temperature chamber south
+of the telescope pier. In this last case, the light of a star is
+so reflected by auxiliary mirrors that it passes down through a
+hole in the south end of the polar axis and brings the star to
+a focus on the slit of the fixed spectrograph.
+
+ATMOSPHERIC LIMITATIONS
+
+The huge dimensions of such a powerful engine of research as the
+Hooker telescope are not in themselves a source of satisfaction to
+the astronomer, for they involve a decided increase in the labor
+of observation and entail very heavy expense, justifiable only in
+case important results, beyond the reach of other instruments,
+can be secured. The construction of a telescope of these dimensions
+was necessarily an experiment, for it was by no means certain, after
+the optical and mechanical difficulties had been overcome, that
+even the favorable atmosphere of California would be sufficiently
+tranquil to permit sharply defined celestial images to be obtained
+with so large an aperture. It is therefore important to learn what
+the telescope will actually accomplish under customary observing
+conditions.
+
+Fortunately we are able to measure the performance of the instrument
+with certainty. Close beside it on Mount Wilson stands the 60-inch
+reflector, of similar type, erected in 1908. The two telescopes can
+thus be rigorously compared under identical atmospheric conditions.
+
+The large mirror of the 100-inch telescope has an area about 2.8
+times that of the 60-inch, and therefore receives nearly three times
+as much light from a star. Under atmospheric conditions perfect
+enough to allow all of this light to be concentrated in a point,
+it should be capable of recording on a photographic plate, with a
+given exposure, stars about one magnitude fainter than the faintest
+stars within reach of the 60-inch. The increased focal length,
+permitting such objects as the moon to be photographed on a larger
+scale, should also reveal smaller details of structure and render
+possible higher accuracy of measurement. Finally, the greater
+theoretical resolving power of the larger aperture, providing it
+can be utilized, should permit the separation of the members of
+close double stars beyond the range of the smaller instrument.
+
+CRITICAL TESTS
+
+The many tests already made indicate that the advantages expected
+of the new telescope will be realized in practice. The increased
+light-gathering power will mean the addition of many millions of
+stars to those already known. Spectroscopic observations now in
+regular progress have carried the range of these investigations
+far beyond the possibilities of the 60-inch telescope. A great
+class of red stars, for example, almost all the members of which
+were inaccessible to the 60-inch, are now being made the subject
+of special study. And in other fields of research equal advantages
+have been gained.
+
+The increase in the scale of the images over those given by the
+60-inch telescope is illustrated by two photographs of the Ring
+Nebula in Lyra, reproduced in Fig. 18. The Great Nebula in Orion,
+photographed with the 100-inch telescope with a comparatively short
+exposure, sufficient to bring out the brighter regions, is reproduced
+in Fig. 2. It is interesting to compare this picture with the
+small-scale image of the same nebula shown in Fig. 1.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 15. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).
+
+The ring-like formations are the so-called craters, most of them
+far larger than anything similar on the earth. That in the lower
+left corner with an isolated mountain in the centre is Albategnius,
+sixty-four miles in diameter. Peaks in the ring rise to a height
+of fifteen thousand feet above the central plain. Note the long
+sunset shadows cast by the mountains on the left. The level region
+below on the right is an extensive plain, the Mare Nubium.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 16. Photograph of the moon made on September
+15, 1919, with the 100-inch Hooker telescope (Pease).
+
+The mountains above and to the left are the lunar Apennines; those
+on the left just below the centre are the Alps. Both ranges include
+peaks from fifteen thousand to twenty thousand feet in height. In
+the upper right corner is Copernicus, about fifty miles in diameter.
+The largest of the conspicuous group of three just below the Apennines
+is Archimedes and at the lower end of the Alps is Plato. Note the
+long sunset shadows cast by the isolated peaks on the left. The
+central portion of the picture is a vast plain, the Mare Imbrium.]
+
+The sharpness of the images given by the new telescope may be
+illustrated by some recent photographs of the moon, obtained with
+an equivalent focal length of 134 feet. In Fig. 15 is shown a rugged
+region of the moon, containing many ring-like mountains or craters.
+Fig. 16 shows the great arc of the lunar Apennines (above) and the
+Alps (below), to the left of the broad plain of the Mare Imbrium.
+The starlike points along the moon's terminator, which separates
+the dark area from the region upon which the sun (on the right)
+shines, are the mountain peaks, about to disappear at sunset. The
+long shadows cast by the mountains just within the illuminated
+area are plainly seen. Some of the peaks of the lunar Apennines
+attain a height of 20,000 feet.
+
+In less powerful telescopes the stars at the centre of the great
+globular clusters are so closely crowded together that they cannot
+be studied separately with the spectrograph. Moreover, most of
+them are much too faint for examination with this instrument. At
+the 134-foot focus the 100-inch telescope gives a large-scale image
+of such clusters, and permits the spectra of stars as faint as
+the fifteenth magnitude to be separately photographed.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 17. Hubble's Variable Nebula. One of the few
+nebulae known to vary in brightness and form.
+
+Photographed with the 100-inch telescope (Hubble).]
+
+CLOSE DOUBLE STARS
+
+A remarkable use of the 100-inch telescope, which permits its full
+theoretical resolving power to be not merely attained but to be
+doubled, has been made possible by the first application of Michelson's
+interference method to the measurement of very close double stars.
+When employing this, the 100-inch mirror is completely covered,
+except for two slits. Beams of light from a star, entering by the
+slits, unite at the focus of the telescope, where the image is
+examined by an eyepiece magnifying about five thousand diameters.
+Across the enlarged star image a series of fine, sharp fringes is
+seen, even when the atmospheric conditions are poor. If the star is
+single the fringes remain visible, whatever the distance between the
+slits. But in the case of a star like Capella, previously inferred
+to be double from the periodic displacement of the lines in its
+spectrum, but with components too close together to be distinguished
+separately, the fringes behave differently. As the slits are moved
+apart a point is reached where the fringes completely disappear,
+only to reappear as the separation is continued. This effect is
+obtained when the slits are at right angles to the line joining
+the two stars of the pair, found by this method to be 0.0418 of a
+second of arc apart (on December 30, 1919). Subsequent measures,
+of far greater precision than those obtainable by other methods in
+the case of easily separated double stars, show the rapid orbital
+motion of the components of the system. This device will be applied
+to other close binaries, hitherto beyond the reach of measurement.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 18. Ring Nebula in Lyra, photographed with the
+60-inch (Ritchey) and 100-inch (Duncan) telescopes.
+
+Showing the increased scale of the images given by the larger
+instrument.]
+
+Without entering into further details of the tests, it is evident
+that the new telescope will afford boundless possibilities for
+the study of the stellar universe.[*] The structure and extent of
+the galactic system, and the motions of the stars comprising it;
+the distribution, distances, and dimensions of the spiral nebulae,
+their motions, rotation, and mode of development; the origin of
+the stars and the successive stages in their life history: these
+are some of the great questions which the new telescope must help
+to answer. In such an embarrassment of riches the chief difficulty
+is to withstand the temptation toward scattering of effort, and to
+form an observing programme directed toward the solution of crucial
+problems rather than the accumulation of vast stores of miscellaneous
+data. This programme will be supplemented by an extensive study
+of the sun, the only star near enough the earth to be examined
+in detail, and by a series of laboratory investigations involving
+the experimental imitation of solar and stellar conditions, thus
+aiding in the interpretation of celestial phenomena.
+
+[Footnote *: It is not adapted for work on the sun, as the mirrors
+would be distorted by its heat. Three other telescopes, especially
+designed for solar observations, are in use on Mount Wilson.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+GIANT STARS
+
+Our ancestral sun, as pictured by Laplace, originally extended
+in a state of luminous vapor beyond the boundaries of the solar
+system. Rotating upon its axis, it slowly contracted through loss
+of heat by radiation, leaving behind it portions of its mass, which
+condensed to form the planets. Still gaseous, though now denser than
+water, it continues to pour out the heat on which our existence
+depends, as it shrinks imperceptibly toward its ultimate condition
+of a cold and darkened globe.
+
+Laplace's hypothesis has been subjected in recent years to much
+criticism, and there is good reason to doubt whether his description
+of the mode of evolution of our solar system is correct in every
+particular. All critics agree, however, that the sun was once enormously
+larger than it now is, and that the planets originally formed part
+of its distended mass.
+
+Even in its present diminished state, the sun is huge beyond easy
+conception. Our own earth, though so minute a fragment of the primeval
+sun, is nevertheless so large that some parts of its surface have
+not yet been explored. Seen beside the sun, by an observer on one
+of the planets, the earth would appear as an insignificant speck,
+which could be swallowed with ease by the whirling vortex of a
+sun-spot. If the sun were hollow, with the earth at its centre,
+the moon, though 240,000 miles from us, would have room and to
+spare in which to describe its orbit, for the sun is 865,000 miles
+in diameter, so that its volume is more than a million times that
+of the earth.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 19. Gaseous prominence at the sun's limb, 140,000
+miles high (Ellerman).
+
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph, using the light emitted
+by glowing calcium vapor. The comparative size of the earth is
+indicated by the white circle.]
+
+But what of the stars, proved by the spectroscope to be self-luminous,
+intensely hot, and formed of the same chemical elements that constitute
+the sun and the earth? Are they comparable in size with the sun? Do
+they occur in all stages of development, from infancy to old age?
+And if such stages can be detected, do they afford indications
+of the gradual diminution in volume which Laplace imagined the
+sun to experience?
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 20. The sun, 865,000 miles in diameter, from
+a direct photograph showing many sun-spots (Whitney)
+
+The small black disk in the centre represents the comparative size
+of the earth, while the circle surrounding it corresponds in diameter
+to the orbit of the moon.]
+
+STAR IMAGES
+
+Prior to the application of the powerful new engine of research
+described in this article we have had no means of measuring the
+diameters of the stars. We have measured their distances and their
+motions, determined their chemical composition, and obtained undeniable
+evidence of progressive development, but even in the most powerful
+telescopes their images are so minute that they appear as points
+rather than as disks. In fact, the larger the telescope and the
+more perfect the atmospheric conditions at the observer's command,
+the smaller do these images appear. On the photographic plate, it is
+true, the stars are recorded as measurable disks, but these are due
+to the spreading of the light from their bright point-like images,
+and their diameters increase as the exposure time is prolonged.
+From the images of the brighter stars rays of light project in
+straight lines, but these also are instrumental phenomena, due
+to diffraction of light by the steel bars that support the small
+mirror in the tube of reflecting telescopes. In a word, the stars
+are so remote that the largest and most perfect telescopes show
+them only as extremely minute needle-points of light, without any
+trace of their true disks.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 21. Great sun-spot group, August 8, 1917 (Whitney).
+
+The disk in the corner represents the comparative size of the earth.]
+
+How, then, may we hope to measure their diameters? By using, as
+the man of science must so often do, indirect means when the direct
+attack fails. Most of the remarkable progress of astronomy during
+the last quarter-century has resulted from the application of new and
+ingenious devices borrowed from the physicist. These have multiplied
+to such a degree that some of our observatories are literally physical
+laboratories, in which the sun and stars are examined by powerful
+spectroscopes and other optical instruments that have recently advanced
+our knowledge of physics by leaps and bounds. In the present case
+we are indebted for our star-measuring device to the distinguished
+physicist Professor Albert A. Michelson, who has contributed a long
+array of novel apparatus and methods to physics and astronomy.
+
+THE INTERFEROMETER
+
+The instrument in question, known as the interferometer, had previously
+yielded a remarkable series of results when applied in its various
+forms to the solution of fundamental problems. To mention only a
+few of those that have helped to establish Michelson's fame, we may
+recall that our exact knowledge of the length of the international
+metre at Sevres, the world's standard of measurement, was obtained
+by him with an interferometer in terms of the invariable length of
+light-waves. A different form of interferometer has more recently
+enabled him to measure the minute tides within the solid body of the
+earth--not the great tides of the ocean, but the slight deformations
+of the earth's body, which is as rigid as steel, that are caused by
+the varying attractions of the sun and moon. Finally, to mention
+only one more case, it was the Michelson-Morley experiment, made
+years ago with still another form of interferometer, that yielded
+the basic idea from which the theory of relativity was developed
+by Lorentz and Einstein.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 22. Photograph of the hydrogen atmosphere of
+the sun (Ellerman).
+
+Made with the spectroheliograph, showing the immense vortices,
+or whirling storms like tornadoes, that centre in sun-spots. The
+comparative size of the earth is shown by the white circle traced
+on the largest sun-spot.]
+
+The history of the method of measuring star diameters is a very
+curious one, showing how the most promising opportunities for scientific
+progress may lie unused for decades. The fundamental principle
+of the device was first suggested by the great French physicist
+Fizeau in 1868. In 1874 the theory was developed by the French
+astronomer Stephan, who observed interference fringes given by a
+large number of stars, and rightly concluded that their angular
+diameters must be much smaller than 0.158 of a second of arc, the
+smallest measurable with his instrument. In 1890 Michelson, unaware
+of the earlier work, published in the _Philosophical Magazine_ a
+complete description of an interferometer capable of determining
+with surprising accuracy the distance between the components of
+double stars so close together that no telescope can separate them.
+He also showed how the same principle could be applied to the
+measurement of star diameters if a sufficiently large interferometer
+could be built for this purpose, and developed the theory much
+more completely than Stephan had done. A year later he measured
+the diameters of Jupiter's satellites by this means at the Lick
+Observatory. But nearly thirty years elapsed before the next step
+was taken. Two causes have doubtless contributed to this delay. Both
+theory and experiment have demonstrated the extreme sensitiveness
+of the "interference fringes," on the observation of which the
+method depends, and it was generally supposed by astronomers that
+disturbances in the earth's atmosphere would prevent them from
+being clearly seen with large telescopes. Furthermore, a very large
+interferometer, too large to be carried by any existing telescope,
+was required for the star-diameter work, though close double stars
+could have been easily studied by this device with several of the
+large telescopes of the early nineties. But whatever the reasons,
+a powerful method of research lay unused.
+
+The approaching completion of the 100-inch telescope of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory led me to suggest to Professor Michelson, before
+the United States entered the war, that the method be thoroughly
+tested under the favorable atmospheric conditions of Southern
+California. He was at that time at work on a special form of
+interferometer, designed to determine whether atmospheric disturbances
+could be disregarded in planning large-scale experiments. But the
+war intervened, and all of our efforts were concentrated for two
+years on the solution of war problems.[*] In 1919, as soon as the
+100-inch telescope had been completed and tested, the work was
+resumed on Mount Wilson.
+
+[Footnote *: Professor Michelson's most important contribution during
+the war period was a new and very efficient form of range-finder,
+adopted for use by the U. S. Navy.]
+
+A LABORATORY EXPERIMENT
+
+The principle of the method can be most readily seen by the aid
+of an experiment which any one can easily perform for himself with
+simple apparatus. Make a narrow slit, a few thousandths of an inch
+in width, in a sheet of black paper, and support it vertically
+before a brilliant source of light. Observe this from a distance of
+40 or 50 feet with a small telescope magnifying about 30 diameters.
+The object-glass of the telescope should be covered with an opaque
+cap, pierced by two circular holes about one-eighth of an inch in
+diameter and half an inch apart. The holes should be on opposite
+sides of the centre of the object-glass and equidistant from it,
+and the line joining the holes should be horizontal. When this
+cap is removed the slit appears as a narrow vertical band with
+much fainter bands on both sides of it. With the cap in place, the
+central bright band appears to be ruled with narrow vertical lines
+or fringes produced by the "interference"[*] of the two pencils of
+light coming through different parts of the object-glass from the
+distant slit. Cover one of the holes, and the fringes instantly
+disappear. Their production requires the joint effect of the two
+light-pencils.
+
+[Footnote *: For an explanation of the phenomena of interference,
+see any encyclopaeedia or book on physics.]
+
+Now suppose the two holes over the object-glass to be in movable
+plates, so that their distance apart can be varied. As they are
+gradually separated the narrow vertical fringes become less and
+less distinct, and finally vanish completely. Measure the distance
+between the holes and divide this by the wavelength of light, which
+we may call 1/50000 of an inch. The result is the angular width
+of the distant slit. Knowing the distance of the slit, we can at
+once calculate its linear width. If for the slit we substitute a
+minute circular hole, the method of measurement remains the same,
+but the angular diameter as calculated above must be multiplied
+by 1.22.[*]
+
+[Footnote *: More complete details may be found in Michelson's Lowell
+Lectures on "Light-Waves and Their Uses," University of Chicago
+Press, 1907.]
+
+To measure the diameter of a star we proceed in a similar way,
+but, as the angle it subtends is so small, we must use a very large
+telescope, for the smaller the angle the farther apart must be the
+two holes over the object-glass (or the mirror, in case a reflecting
+telescope is employed). In fact, when the holes are moved apart to
+the full aperture of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, the interference
+fringes are still visible even with the star Betelgeuse, though its
+angular diameter is perhaps as great as that of any other star.
+Thus, we must build an attachment for the telescope, so arranged
+as to permit us to move the openings still farther apart.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 23. Diagram showing outline of the 100-inch
+Hooker telescope, and path of the two pencils of light from a star
+when under observation with the 20-foot Michelson interferometer.
+
+A photograph of the interferometer is shown in Fig. 24.]
+
+THE 20-FOOT INSTRUMENT
+
+The 20-foot interferometer designed by Messrs. Michelson and Pease,
+and constructed in the Mount Wilson Observatory instrument-shop,
+is shown in the diagram (Fig. 23) and in a photograph of the upper
+end of the skeleton tube of the telescope (Fig. 24). The light from
+the star is received by two flat mirrors (Ml, M4) which project
+beyond the tube and can be moved apart along the supporting arm.
+These take the place of the two holes over the object-glass in
+our experiment. From these mirrors the light is reflected to a
+second pair of flat mirrors (M2, M3), which send it toward the
+100-inch concave mirror (M5) at the bottom of the telescope tube.
+After this the course of the light is exactly as it would be if
+the mirrors M2, M3 were replaced by two holes over the 100-inch
+mirror. It is reflected to the convex mirror (M6), then back in
+a less rapidly convergent beam toward the large mirror. Before
+reaching it the light is caught by the plane mirror (M7) and reflected
+through an opening at the side of the telescope tube to the eye-piece
+E. Here the fringes are observed with a magnification ranging from
+1,500 to 3,000 diameters.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 24. Twenty-foot Michelson interferometer for
+measuring star diameters, attached to upper end of the skeleton
+tube of the 100-inch Hooker telescope.
+
+The path of the two pencils of light from the star is shown in
+Fig. 23. For a photograph of the entire telescope, see Fig. 4.]
+
+In the practical application of this method to the measurement of
+star diameters, the chief problem was whether the atmosphere would
+be quiet enough to permit sharp interference fringes to be produced
+with light-pencils more than 100 inches apart. After successful
+preliminary tests with the 40-inch refracting telescope of the
+Yerkes Observatory, Professor Michelson made the first attempt
+to see the fringes with the 60-inch and 100-inch reflectors on
+Mount Wilson in September, 1919. He was surprised and delighted to
+find that the fringes were perfectly sharp and distinct with the
+full aperture of both these instruments. Doctor Anderson, of the
+observatory staff, then devised a special form of interferometer
+for the measurement of close double stars, and applied it with
+the 100-inch telescope to the measurement of the orbital motion
+of the close components of Capella, with results of extraordinary
+accuracy, far beyond anything attainable by previous methods. The
+success of this work strongly encouraged the more ambitious project
+of measuring the diameter of a star, and the 20-foot interferometer
+was built for this purpose.
+
+The difficult and delicate problem of adjusting the mirrors of
+this instrument with the necessary extreme accuracy was solved by
+Professor Michelson during his visit to Mount Wilson in the summer
+of 1920, and with the assistance of Mr. Pease, of the observatory
+staff, interference fringes were observed in the case of certain
+stars when the mirrors were as much as 18 feet apart. All was thus
+in readiness for a decisive test as soon as a suitable star presented
+itself.
+
+THE GIANT BETELGEUSE
+
+Russell, Shapley, and Eddington had pointed out Betelgeuse (Arabic
+for "the giant's shoulder"), the bright red star in the constellation
+of Orion (Fig. 25), as the most favorable of all stars for measurement,
+and the last-named had given its angular diameter as 0.051 of a
+second of arc. This deduction from theory appeared in his recent
+presidential address before the British Association for the Advancement
+of Science, in which Professor Eddington remarked: "Probably the
+greatest need of stellar astronomy at the present day, in order
+to make sure that our theoretical deductions are starting on the
+right lines, is some means of measuring the apparent angular diameter
+of stars." He then referred to the work already in progress on
+Mount Wilson, but anticipated "that atmospheric disturbance will
+ultimately set the limit to what can be accomplished."
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 25. The giant Betelgeuse (within the circle),
+familiar as the conspicuous red star in the right shoulder of Orion
+(Hubble).
+
+Measures with the interferometer show its angular diameter to be
+0.047 of a second of arc, corresponding to a linear diameter of
+215,000,000 miles, if the best available determination of its distance
+can be relied upon. This determination shows Betelgeuse to be 160
+light-years from the earth. Light travels at the rate of 186,000
+miles per second, and yet spends 160 years on its journey to us
+from this star.]
+
+On December 13, 1920, Mr. Pease successfully measured the diameter
+of Betelgeuse with the 20-foot interferometer. As the outer mirrors
+were separated the interference fringes gradually became less distinct,
+as theory requires, and as Doctor Merrill had previously seen when
+observing Betelgeuse with the interferometer used for Capella. At
+a separation of 10 feet the fringes disappeared completely, giving
+the data required for calculating the diameter of the star. To
+test the perfection of the adjustment, the telescope was turned to
+other stars, of smaller angular diameter, which showed the fringes
+with perfect clearness. Turning back to Betelgeuse, they were seen
+beyond doubt to be absent. Assuming the mean wave-length of the
+light of this star to be 5750/10000000 of a millimetre, its angular
+diameter comes out 0.047 of a second of arc, thus falling between
+the values--0.051 and 0.031 of a second--predicted by Eddington and
+Russell from slightly different assumptions. Subsequent corrections
+and repeated measurement will change Mr. Pease's result somewhat,
+but it is almost certainly within 10 or 15 per cent of the truth.
+We may therefore conclude that the angular diameter of Betelgeuse
+is very nearly the same as that of a ball one inch in diameter,
+seen at a distance of seventy miles.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 26. Arcturus (within the white circle), known
+to the Arabs as the "Lance Bearer," and to the Chinese as the "Great
+Horn" or the "Palace of the Emperors" (Hubble).
+
+Its angular diameter, measured at Mount Wilson by Pease with the
+20-foot Michelson interferometer on April 15, 1921, is 0.022 of a
+second, in close agreement with Russell's predicted value of 0.019
+of a second. The mean parallax of Arcturus, based upon several
+determinations, is 0.095 of a second, corresponding to a distance of
+34 light-years. The linear diameter, computed from Pease's measure
+and this value of the distance is about 21 million miles.]
+
+But this represents only the angle subtended by the star's disk.
+To learn its linear diameter, we must know its distance. Four
+determinations of the parallax, which determines the distance,
+have been made. Elkin, with the Yale heliometer, obtained 0.032
+of a second of arc. Schlesinger, from photographs taken with the
+30-inch Allegheny refractor, derived 0.016. Adams, by his spectroscopic
+method applied with the 60-inch Mount Wilson reflector, obtained
+0.012. Lee's recent value, secured photographically with the 40-inch
+Yerkes refractor, is 0.022. The heliometer parallax is doubtless
+less reliable than the photographic ones, and Doctor Adams states
+that the spectral type and luminosity of Betelgeuse make his value
+less certain than in the case of most other stars. If we take a
+(weighted) mean value of 0.020 of a second, we shall probably not
+be far from the truth. This parallax represents the angle subtended
+by the radius of the earth's orbit (93,000,000 miles) at the distance
+of Betelgeuse. By comparing it with 0.047, the angular diameter of
+the star, we see that the linear diameter is about two and one-third
+times as great as the distance from the earth to the sun, or
+approximately 215,000,000 miles. Thus, if this measure of its distance
+is not considerably in error, Betelgeuse would nearly fill the
+orbit of Mars. All methods of determining the distances of the
+stars are subject to uncertainty, however, and subsequent measures
+may reduce this figure very appreciably. But there can be no doubt
+that the diameter of Betelgeuse exceeds 100,000,000 miles, and
+it is probably much greater.
+
+The extremely small angle subtended by this enormous disk is explained
+by the great distance of the star, which is about 160 light-years.
+That is to say, light travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per
+second spends 160 years in crossing the space that lies between
+us and Betelgeuse, whose tremendous proportions therefore seem
+so minute even in the most powerful telescopes.
+
+STELLAR EVOLUTION
+
+This actual measure of the diameter of Betelgeuse supplies a new
+and striking test of Russell's and Hertzsprung's theory of dwarf
+and giant stars. Just before the war Russell showed that our old
+methods of classifying the stars according to their spectra must
+be radically changed. Stars in an early stage of their life history
+may be regarded as diffuse gaseous masses, enormously larger than
+our sun, and at a much lower temperature. Their density must be
+very low, and their state that of a perfect gas. These are the
+"giants." In the slow process of time they contract through constant
+loss of heat by radiation. But, despite this loss, the heat produced
+by contraction and from other sources (see p. 82) causes their
+temperature to rise, while their color changes from red to bluish
+white. The process of shrinkage and rise of temperature goes on so
+long as they remain in the state of a perfect gas. But as soon as
+contraction has increased the density of the gas beyond a certain
+point the cycle reverses and the temperature begins to fall. The
+bluish-white light of the star turns yellowish, and we enter the
+dwarf stage, of which our own sun is a representative. The density
+increases, surpassing that of water in the case of the sun, and
+going far beyond this point in later stages. In the lapse of millions
+of years a reddish hue appears, finally turning to deep red. The
+falling temperature permits the chemical elements, existing in a
+gaseous state in the outer atmosphere of the star, to unite into
+compounds, which are rendered conspicuous by their characteristic
+bands in the spectrum. Finally comes extinction of light, as the
+star approaches its ultimate state of a cold and solid globe.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 27. The giant star Antares (within the white
+circle), notable for its red color in the constellation Scorpio,
+and named by the Greeks "A Rival of Mars" (Hubble).
+
+The distance of Antares, though not very accurately known, is probably
+not far from 350 light-years. Its angular diameter of 0.040 of a
+second would thus correspond to a linear diameter of about 400
+million miles.]
+
+We may thus form a new picture of the two branches of the temperature
+curve, long since suggested by Lockyer, on very different grounds, as
+the outline of stellar life. On the ascending side are the giants,
+of vast dimensions and more diffuse than the air we breathe. There
+are good reasons for believing that the mass of Betelgeuse cannot
+be more than ten times that of the sun, while its volume is at
+least a million times as great and may exceed eight million times
+the sun's volume. Therefore, its average density must be like that
+of an attenuated gas in an electric vacuum tube. Three-quarters
+of the naked-eye stars are in the giant stage, which comprises
+such familiar objects as Betelgeuse, Antares, and Aldebaran, but
+most of them are much denser than these greatly inflated bodies.
+The pinnacle is reached in the intensely hot white stars of the
+helium class, in whose spectra the lines of this gas are very
+conspicuous. The density of these stars is perhaps one-tenth that
+of the sun. Sirius, also very hot, is nearly twice as dense. Then
+comes the cooling stage, characterized, as already remarked, by
+increasing density, and also by increasing chemical complexity
+resulting from falling temperature. This life cycle is probably
+not followed by all stars, but it may hold true for millions of
+them.
+
+The existence of giant and dwarf stars has been fully proved by
+the remarkable work of Adams and his associates on Mount Wilson,
+where his method of determining a star's distance and intrinsic
+luminosity by spectroscopic observations has already been applied
+to 2,000 stars. Discussion of the results leads at once to the
+recognition of the two great classes of giants and dwarfs. Now
+comes the work of Michelson and Pease to cap the climax, giving us
+the actual diameter of a typical giant star, in close agreement with
+predictions based upon theory. From this diameter we may conclude that
+the density of Betelgeuse is extremely low, in harmony with Russell's
+theory, which is further supported by spectroscopic analysis of
+the star's light, revealing evidence of the comparatively low
+temperature called for by the theory at this early stage of stellar
+existence.
+
+TWO OTHER GIANTS
+
+The diameter of Arcturus was successfully measured by Mr. Pease
+at Mount Wilson on April 15. As the mirrors of the interferometer
+were moved apart, the fringes gradually decreased in visibility
+until they finally disappeared at a mirror separation of 19.6 feet.
+Adopting a mean wave-length of 5600/10000000 of a millimetre for
+the light of Arcturus, this gives a value of 0.022 of a second of
+arc for the angular diameter of the star. If we use a mean value
+of 0.095 of a second for the parallax, the corresponding linear
+diameter comes out 21,000,000 miles. The angular diameter, as in
+the case of Betelgeuse, is in remarkably close agreement with the
+diameter predicted from theory. Antares, the third star measured
+by Mr. Pease, is the largest of all. If it is actually a member of
+the Scorpius-Centaurus group, as we have strong reason to believe,
+it is fully 350 light-years from the earth, and its diameter is
+about 400,000,000 miles.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 28. Diameters of the Sun, Arcturus, Betelgeuse,
+and Antares compared with the orbit of Mars.
+
+Sun, diameter, 865,000 miles.
+
+Arcturus, diameter, 21,000,000 miles.
+
+Betelgeuse, diameter, 215,000,000 miles.
+
+Antares, diameter, 400,000,000 miles.]
+
+It now remains to make further measures of Betelgeuse, especially
+because its marked changes in brightness suggest possible variations
+in diameter. We must also apply the interferometer method to stars
+of the various spectral types, in order to afford a sure basis for
+future studies of stellar evolution. Unfortunately, only a few
+giant stars are certain to fall within the range of our present
+instrument. An interferometer of 70-feet aperture would be needed
+to measure Sirius accurately, and one of twice this size to deal
+with less brilliant white stars. A 100-foot instrument, if feasible
+to build, would permit objects representing most of the chief stages
+of stellar development to be measured, thus contributing in the
+highest degree to the progress of our knowledge of the life history
+of the stars. Fortunately, though the mechanical difficulties are
+great, the optical problem is insignificant, and the cost of the
+entire apparatus, though necessarily high, would be only a small
+fraction of that of a telescope of corresponding aperture, if such
+could be built. A 100-foot interferometer might be designed in
+many different forms, and one of these may ultimately be found
+to be within the range of possibility. Meanwhile the 20-foot
+interferometer has been improved so materially that it now promises
+to yield approximate measures of stars at first supposed to be
+beyond its capacity.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 29. Aldebaran, the "leader" (of the Pleiades),
+was also known to the Arabs as "The Eye of the Bull," "The Heart
+of the Bull," and "The Great Camel" (Hubble).
+
+Like Betelgeuse and Antares, it is notable for its red color, which
+accounts for the fact that its image on this photograph is hardly
+more conspicuous than the images of stars which are actually much
+fainter but contain a larger proportion of blue light, to which
+the photographic plates here employed are more sensitive than to
+red or yellow. Aldebaran is about 50 light-years from the earth.
+Interferometer measures, now in progress on Mount Wilson, indicate
+that its angular diameter is about 0.020 of a second.]
+
+While the theory of dwarf and giant stars and the measurements just
+described afford no direct evidence bearing on Laplace's explanation
+of the formation of planets, they show that stars exist which are
+comparable in diameter with our solar system, and suggest that the
+sun must have shrunk from vast dimensions. The mode of formation
+of systems like our own, and of other systems numerously illustrated
+in the heavens, is one of the most fascinating problems of astronomy.
+Much light has been thrown on it by recent investigations, rendered
+possible by the development of new and powerful instruments and by
+advances in physics of the most fundamental character. All the
+evidence confirms the existence of dwarf and giant stars, but much
+work must be done before the entire course of stellar evolution
+can be explained.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+COSMIC CRUCIBLES
+
+"Shelter during Raids," marking the entrance to underground passages,
+was a sign of common occurrence and sinister suggestion throughout
+London during the war. With characteristic ingenuity and craftiness,
+ostensibly for purposes of peace but with bomb-carrying capacity
+as a prime specification, the Zeppelin had been developed by the
+Germans to a point where it seriously threatened both London and
+Paris. Searchlights, range-finders, and anti-aircraft guns, surpassed
+by the daring ventures of British and French airmen, would have
+served but little against the night invader except for its one
+fatal defect--the inflammable nature of the hydrogen gas that kept
+it aloft. A single explosive bullet served to transform a Zeppelin
+into a heap of scorched and twisted metal. This characteristic
+of hydrogen caused the failure of the Zeppelin raids.
+
+Had the war lasted a few months longer, however, the work of American
+scientists would have made our counter-attack in the air a formidable
+one. At the signing of the armistice hundreds of cylinders of compressed
+helium lay at the docks ready for shipment abroad. Extracted from
+the natural gas of Texas wells by new and ingenious processes,
+this substitute for hydrogen, almost as light and absolutely
+uninflammable, produced in quantities of millions of cubic feet,
+would have made the dirigibles of the Allies masters of the air. The
+special properties of this remarkable gas, previously obtainable only
+in minute quantities, would have sufficed to reverse the situation.
+
+SOLAR HELIUM
+
+Helium, as its name implies, is of solar origin. In 1868, when
+Lockyer first directed his spectroscope to the great flames or
+prominences that rise thousands of miles, sometimes hundreds of
+thousands, above the surface of the sun, he instantly identified
+the characteristic red and blue radiations of hydrogen. In the
+yellow, close to the position of the well-known double line of
+sodium, but not quite coincident with it, he detected a new line,
+of great brilliancy, extending to the highest levels. Its similarity
+in this respect with the lines of hydrogen led him to recognize
+the existence of a new and very light gas, unknown to terrestrial
+chemistry.
+
+Many years passed before any chemical laboratory on earth was able
+to match this product of the great laboratory of the sun. In 1896
+Ramsay at last succeeded in separating helium, recognized by the same
+yellow line in its spectrum, in minute quantities from the mineral
+uraninite. Once available for study under electrical excitation in
+vacuum tubes, helium was found to have many other lines in its
+spectrum, which have been identified in the spectra of solar
+prominences, gaseous nebulae, and hot stars. Indeed, there is a
+stellar class known as helium stars, because of the dominance of
+this gas in their atmospheres.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 30. Solar prominences, photographed with the
+spectroheliograph without an eclipse (Ellerman).
+
+In these luminous gaseous clouds, which sometimes rise to elevations
+exceeding half the sun's diameter, the new gas helium was discovered
+by Lockyer in 1868. Helium was not found on the earth until 1896.
+Since then it has been shown to be a prominent constituent of nebulae
+and hot stars.]
+
+The chief importance of helium lies in the clue it has afforded to
+the constitution of matter and the transmutation of the elements.
+Radium and other radioactive substances, such as uranium, spontaneously
+emit negatively charged particles of extremely small mass (electrons),
+and also positively charged particles of much greater mass, known
+as alpha particles. Rutherford and Geiger actually succeeded in
+counting the number of alpha particles emitted per second by a
+known mass of radium, and showed that these were charged helium
+atoms.
+
+To discuss more at length the extraordinary characteristics of
+helium, which plays so large a part in celestial affairs, would
+take us too far afield. Let us therefore pass to another case in
+which a fundamental discovery, this time in physics, was first
+foreshadowed by astronomical observation.
+
+SUN-SPOTS AS MAGNETS
+
+No archaeologist, whether Young or Champollion deciphering the Rosetta
+Stone, or Rawlinson copying the cuneiform inscription on the cliff
+of Behistun, was ever faced by a more fascinating problem than that
+which confronts the solar physicist engaged in the interpretation
+of the hieroglyphic lines of sun-spot spectra. The colossal whirling
+storms that constitute sun-spots, so vast that the earth would make
+but a moment's scant mouthful for them, differ materially from
+the general light of the sun when examined with the spectroscope.
+Observing them visually many years ago, the late Professor Young,
+of Princeton, found among their complex features a number of double
+lines which he naturally attributed, in harmony with the physical
+knowledge of the time, to the effect of "reversal" by superposed
+layers of vapors of different density and temperature. What he
+actually saw, however, as was proved at the Mount Wilson Observatory
+in 1908, was the effect of a powerful magnetic field on radiation,
+now known as the Zeeman effect.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 31. The 150-foot tower telescope of the Mount
+Wilson Observatory.
+
+An image of the sun about 16 inches in diameter is formed in the
+laboratory at the base of the tower. Below this, in a well extending
+80 feet into the earth, is the powerful spectroscope with which
+the magnetic fields in sun-spots and the general magnetic field
+of the sun are studied.]
+
+Faraday was the first to detect the influence of magnetism on light.
+Between the poles of a large electromagnet, powerful for those
+days (1845), he placed a block of very dense glass. The plane of
+polarization of a beam of light, which passed unaffected through
+the glass before the switch was closed, was seen to rotate when the
+magnetic field was produced by the flow of the current. A similar
+rotation is now familiar in the well-known tests of sugars--laevulose
+and dextrose--which rotate plane-polarized light to left and right,
+respectively.
+
+But in this first discovery of a relationship between light and
+magnetism Faraday had not taken the more important step that he
+coveted--to determine whether the vibration period of a light-emitting
+particle is subject to change in a magnetic field. He attempted
+this in 1862--the last experiment of his life. A sodium flame was
+placed between the poles of a magnet, and the yellow lines were
+watched in a spectroscope when the magnet was excited. No change
+could be detected, and none was found by subsequent investigators
+until Zeeman, of Leiden, with more powerful instruments made his
+famous discovery, the twenty-fifth anniversary of which has recently
+been celebrated.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 32. Pasadena Laboratory of the Mount Wilson
+Observatory.
+
+Showing the large magnet (on the left) and the spectroscopes used
+for the study of the effect of magnetism on radiation. A single line
+in the spectrum is split by the magnetic field into from three to
+twenty-one components, as illustrated in Fig. 34. The corresponding
+lines in the spectra of sun-spots are split up in precisely the
+same way, thus indicating the presence of powerful magnetic fields
+in the sun.]
+
+His method of procedure was similar to Faraday's, but his magnet and
+spectroscope were much more powerful, and a theory due to Lorentz,
+predicting the nature of the change to be expected, was available
+as a check on his results. When the current was applied the lines
+were seen to widen. In a still more powerful magnetic field each
+of them split into two components (when the observation was made
+along the lines of force), and the light of the components of each
+line was found to be circularly polarized in opposite directions.
+Strictly in harmony with Lorentz's theory, this splitting and
+polarization proved the presence in the luminous vapor of exactly such
+negatively charged electrons as had been indicated there previously
+by very different experimental methods.
+
+In 1908 great cyclonic storms, or vortices, were discovered at
+the Mount Wilson Observatory centring in sun-spots. Such whirling
+masses of hot vapors, inferred from Sir Joseph Thomson's results
+to contain electrically charged particles, should give rise to a
+magnetic field. This hypothesis at once suggested that the double
+lines observed by Young might really represent the Zeeman effect.
+The test was made, and all the characteristic phenomena of radiation
+in a magnetic field were found.
+
+Thus a great physical experiment is constantly being performed
+for us in the sun. Every large sunspot contains a magnetic field
+covering many thousands of square miles, within which the spectrum
+lines of iron, manganese, chromium, titanium, vanadium, calcium,
+and other metallic vapors are so powerfully affected that their
+widening and splitting can be seen with telescopes and spectroscopes
+of moderate size.
+
+THE TOWER TELESCOPE
+
+Both of these illustrations show how the physicist and chemist,
+when adequately armed for astronomical attack, can take advantage
+in their studies of the stupendous processes visible in cosmic
+crucibles, heated to high temperatures and influenced, as in the
+case of sun-spots, by intense magnetic fields. Certain modern
+instruments, like the 60-foot and 150-foot tower telescopes on
+Mount Wilson, are especially designed for observing the course
+of these experiments. The second of these telescopes produces at
+a fixed point in a laboratory an image of the sun about 16 inches
+in diameter, thus enlarging the sun-spots to such a scale that
+the magnetic phenomena of their various parts can be separately
+studied. This analysis is accomplished with a spectroscope 80 feet
+in length, mounted in a subterranean chamber beneath the tower. The
+varied results of such investigations cannot be described here.
+Only one of them may be mentioned--the discovery that the entire sun,
+rotating on its axis, is a great magnet. Hence we may reasonably
+infer that every star, and probably every planet, is also a magnet,
+as the earth has been known to be since the days of Gilbert's "De
+Magnete." Here lies one of the best clues for the physicist who
+seeks the cause of magnetism, and attempts to produce it, as Barnett
+has recently succeeded in doing, by rapidly whirling masses of
+metal in the laboratory.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 33. Sun-spot vortex in the upper hydrogen
+atmosphere. (Benioff).
+
+Photographed with the spectroheliograph. The electric vortex that
+causes the magnetic field of the spot lies at a lower level, and
+is not shown by such photographs.]
+
+Perhaps a word of caution should be interpolated at this point.
+Solar magnetism in no wise accounts for the sun's gravitational
+power. Indeed, its attraction cannot be felt by the most delicate
+instruments at the distance of the earth, and would still be unknown
+were it not for the influence of magnetism on light.
+
+Auroras, magnetic storms, and such electric currents as those that
+recently deranged several Atlantic cables are due, not to the magnetism
+of the sun or its spots, but probably to streams of electrons, shot
+out from highly disturbed areas of the solar surface surrounding
+great sun-spots, traversing ninety-three million miles of the ether
+of space, and penetrating deep into the earth's atmosphere. These
+striking phenomena lead us into another chapter of physics, which
+limitations of space forbid us to pursue.
+
+STELLAR CHEMISTRY
+
+Let us turn again to chemistry, and see where experiments performed
+in cosmic laboratories can serve as a guide to the investigator.
+A spinning solar tornado, incomparably greater in scale than the
+devastating whirlwinds that so often cut narrow paths of destruction
+through town and country in the Middle West, gradually gives rise
+to a sun-spot. The expansion produced by the centrifugal force at
+the centre of the storm cools the intensely hot gases of the solar
+atmosphere to a point where chemical union can occur. Titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in most regions of the sun, join
+to form the vapor of titanium oxide, characterized in the sunspot
+spectrum by fluted bands, made up of hundreds of regularly spaced
+lines. Similarly magnesium and hydrogen combine as magnesium hydride
+and calcium and hydrogen form calcium hydride. None of these compounds,
+stable at the high temperatures of sun-spots, has been much studied
+in the laboratory. The regions in which they exist, though cooler
+than the general atmosphere of the sun, are at temperatures of
+several thousand degrees, attained in our laboratories only with
+the aid of such devices as powerful electric furnaces.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 34. Splitting of spectrum lines by a magnetic
+field (Babcock).
+
+The upper and lower strips show lines in the spectrum of chromium,
+observed without a magnetic field. When subjected to the influence
+of magnetism, these single lines are split into several components.
+Thus the first line on the right is resolved by the field into
+three components, one of which (plane polarized) appears in the
+second strip, while the other two, which are polarized in a plane
+at right angles to that of the middle component, are shown on the
+third strip. The next line is split by the magnetic field into
+twelve components, four of which appear in the second strip and
+eight in the third. The magnetic fields in sun-spots affect these
+lines in precisely the same way.]
+
+It is interesting to follow our line of reasoning to the stars,
+which differ widely in temperature at various stages in their
+life-cycle.[*] A sun-spot is a solar tornado, wherein the intensely
+hot solar vapors are cooled by expansion, giving rise to the compounds
+already named. A red star, in Russell's scheme of stellar evolution,
+is a cooler sun, vast in volume and far more tenuous than atmospheric
+air when in the initial period of the "giant" stage, but compressed
+and denser than water in the "dwarf" stage, into which our sun has
+already entered as it gradually approaches the last phases of its
+existence. Therefore we should find, throughout the entire atmosphere
+of such stars, some of the same compounds that are produced within
+the comparatively small limits of a sun-spot. This, of course,
+on the correct assumption that sun and stars are made of the same
+substances. Fowler has already identified the bands of titanium
+oxide in such red stars as the giant Betelgeuse, and in others
+of its class. It is safe to predict that an interesting chapter
+in the chemistry of the future will be based upon the study of
+such compounds, both in the laboratory and under the progressive
+temperature conditions afforded by the countless stellar "giants"
+and "dwarfs" that precede and follow the solar state.
+
+[Footnote *: See Chapter II.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 35. Electric furnace in the Pasadena laboratory
+of the Mount Wilson Observatory.
+
+With which the chemical phenomena observed in sun-spots and red
+stars are experimentally imitated.]
+
+ASTROPHYSICAL LABORATORIES
+
+It is precisely in this long sequence of physical and chemical
+changes that the astrophysicist and the astrochemist can find the
+means of pushing home their attack. It is true, of course, that
+the laboratory investigator has a great advantage in his ability
+to control his experiments, and to vary their progress at will.
+But by judicious use of the transcendental temperatures, far out
+ranging those of his furnaces, and extreme conditions, which he
+can only partially imitate, afforded by the sun, stars, and nebulae,
+he may greatly widen the range of his inquiries. The sequence of
+phenomena seen during the growth of a sun-spot, or the observation
+of spots of different sizes, and the long series of successive
+steps that mark the rise and decay of stellar life, resemble the
+changes that the experimenter brings about as he increases and
+diminishes the current in the coils of his magnet or raises and
+lowers the temperature of his electric furnace, examining from
+time to time the spectrum of the glowing vapors, and noting the
+changes shown by the varying appearance of their lines.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 36. Titanium oxide in red stars.
+
+The upper spectrum is that of titanium in the flame of the electric
+arc, where its combination with oxygen gives rise to the bands of
+titanium oxide (Fowler). The lower strip shows the spectrum of
+the red star Mira (Omicron Ceti), as drawn by Cortie at Stonyhurst.
+The bands of titanium oxide are clearly present in the star.]
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 37. Titanium oxide in sun-spots.
+
+The upper strip shows a portion of the spectrum of a sun-spot
+(Ellerman); the lower one the corresponding region of the spectrum
+of titanium oxide (King). The fluted bands of the oxide spectrum
+are easily identified in the spot, where they indicate that titanium
+and oxygen, too hot to combine in the solar atmosphere, unite in the
+spot because of the cooling produced by expansion in the vortex.]
+
+Astronomical observations of this character, it should be noted, are
+most effective when constantly tested and interpreted by laboratory
+experiment. Indeed, a modern astrophysical observatory should be
+equipped like a great physical laboratory, provided on the one hand
+with telescopes and accessory apparatus of the greatest attainable
+power, and on the other with every device known to the investigator
+of radiation and the related physical and chemical phenomena. Its
+telescopes, especially designed with the aims of the physicist and
+chemist in view, bring images of sun, stars, nebulae, and other
+heavenly bodies within the reach of powerful spectroscopes, sensitive
+bolometers and thermopiles, and the long array of other appliances
+available for the measurement and analysis of radiation. Its electric
+furnaces, arcs, sparks, and vacuum tubes, its apparatus for increasing
+and decreasing pressure, varying chemical conditions, and subjecting
+luminous gases and vapors to the influence of electric and magnetic
+fields, provide the means of imitating celestial phenomena, and of
+repeating and interpreting the experiments observed at the telescope.
+And the advantage thus derived, as we have seen, is not confined
+to the astronomer, who has often been able, by making fundamental
+physical and chemical discoveries, to repay his debt to the physicist
+and chemist for the apparatus and methods which he owes to them.
+
+NEWTON AND EINSTEIN
+
+Take, for another example, the greatest law of physics--Newton's
+law of gravitation. Huge balls of lead, as used by Cavendish, produce
+by their gravitational effect a minute rotation of a delicately
+suspended bar, carrying smaller balls at its extremities. But no
+such feeble means sufficed for Newton's purpose. To prove the law
+of gravitation he had recourse to the tremendous pull on the moon
+of the entire mass of the earth, and then extended his researches
+to the mutual attractions of all the bodies of the solar system.
+Later Herschel applied this law to the suns which constitute double
+stars, and to-day Adams observes from Mount Wilson stars falling
+with great velocity toward the centre of the galactic system under
+the combined pull of the millions of objects that compose it. Thus
+full advantage has been taken of the possibility of utilizing the
+great masses of the heavenly bodies for the discovery and application
+of a law of physics and its reciprocal use in explaining celestial
+motions.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 38. The Cavendish experiment.
+
+Two lead balls, each two inches in diameter, are attached to the
+ends of a torsion rod six feet long, which is suspended by a fine
+wire. The experiment consists in measuring the rotation of the
+suspended system, caused by the gravitational attraction of two
+lead spheres, each twelve inches in diameter, acting on the two
+small lead balls.]
+
+Or consider the Einstein theory of relativity, the truth or falsity
+of which is no less fundamental to physics. Its inception sprang from
+the Michelson-Morley experiment, made in a laboratory in Cleveland,
+which showed that motion of the earth through the ether of space could
+not be detected. All of the three chief tests of Einstein's general
+theory are astronomical--because of the great masses required to
+produce the minute effects predicted: the motion of the perihelion
+of Mercury, the deflection of the light of a star by the attraction
+of the sun, and the shift of the lines of the solar spectrum toward
+the red--questions not yet completely answered.
+
+But it is in the study of the constitution of matter and the evolution
+of the elements, the deepest and most critical problem of physics
+and chemistry, that the extremes of pressure and temperature in the
+heavenly bodies, and the prevalence of other physical conditions not
+yet successfully imitated on earth, promise the greatest progress.
+It fortunately happens that astrophysical research is now at the
+very apex of its development, founded as it is upon many centuries
+of astronomical investigation, rejuvenated by the introduction
+into the observatory of all the modern devices of the physicist,
+and strengthened with instruments of truly extraordinary range
+and power. These instruments bring within reach experiments that
+are in progress on some minute region of the sun's disk, or in
+some star too distant even to be glimpsed with ordinary telescopes.
+Indeed, the huge astronomical lenses and mirrors now available
+serve for these remote light-sources exactly the purpose of the
+lens or mirror employed by the physicist to project upon the slit
+of his spectroscope the image of a spark or arc or vacuum tube
+within which atoms and molecules are exposed to the influence of
+the electric discharge. The physicist has the advantage of complete
+control over the experimental conditions, while the astrophysicist
+must observe and interpret the experiments performed for him in
+remote laboratories. In actual practice, the two classes of work
+must be done in the closest conjunction, if adequate utilization
+is to be made of either. And this is only natural, for the trend
+of recent research has made clear the fact that one of the three
+greatest problems of modern astronomy and astrophysics, ranking
+with the structure of the universe and the evolution of celestial
+bodies, is the constitution of matter. Let us see why this is so.
+
+TRANSMUTATION OF THE ELEMENTS
+
+The dream of the alchemist was to transmute one element into another,
+with the prime object of producing gold. Such transmutation has been
+actually accomplished within the last few years, but the process
+is invariably one of disintegration--the more complex elements
+being broken up into simpler constituents. Much remains to be done
+in this same direction; and here the stars and nebulae, which show
+the spectra of the elements under a great variety of conditions,
+should help to point the way. The progressive changes in spectra,
+from the exclusive indications of the simple elements hydrogen,
+helium, nitrogen, possibly carbon, and the terrestrially unknown
+gas nebulium in the gaseous nebulae, to the long list of familiar
+substances, including several chemical compounds, in the red stars,
+may prove to be fundamentally significant when adequately studied
+from the standpoint of the investigator of atomic structure. The
+existing evidence seems to favor the view, recently expressed by
+Saha, that many of these differences are due to varying degrees
+of ionization, the outer electrons of the atoms being split off
+by high temperature or electrical excitation. It is even possible
+that cosmic crucibles, unrivalled by terrestrial ones, may help
+materially to reveal the secret of the formation of complex elements
+from simpler ones. Physicists now believe that all of the elements are
+compounded of hydrogen atoms, bound together by negative electrons.
+Thus helium is made up of four hydrogen atoms, yet the atomic weight
+of helium (4) is less than four times that of hydrogen (1.008).
+The difference may represent the mass of the electrical energy
+released when the transmutation occurred.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 39. The Trifid Nebula in Sagittarius (Ritchey).
+
+The gas "nebulium," not yet found on the earth, is the most
+characteristic constituent of irregular nebulae. Nebulium is recognized
+by two green lines in its spectrum, which cause the green color of
+nebulae of the gaseous type.]
+
+Eddington has speculated in a most interesting way on this possible
+source of stellar heat in his recent presidential address before the
+British Association for the Advancement of Science (see _Nature_,
+September 2, 1920). He points out that the old contraction hypothesis,
+according to which the source of solar and stellar heat was supposed
+to reside in the slow condensation of a radiating mass of gas under
+the action of gravity, is wholly inadequate to explain the observed
+phenomena. If the old view were correct, the earlier history of
+a star, from the giant stage of a cool and diaphanous gas to the
+period of highest temperature, would be run through within eighty
+thousand years, whereas we have the best of evidence that many
+thousands of centuries would not suffice. Some other source of energy
+is imperatively needed. If 5 per cent of a star's mass consists
+originally of hydrogen atoms, which gradually combine in the slow
+process of time to form more complex elements, the total heat thus
+liberated would more than suffice to account for all demands, and
+it would be unnecessary to assume the existence of any other source
+of heat.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 40. Spiral nebula in Ursa Major (Ritchey).
+
+Luminous matter, in every variety of physical and chemical state,
+is available for study in the most diverse celestial objects, from
+the spiral and irregular nebulae through all the types of stars.
+Doctor van Maanen's measures of the Mount Wilson photographs indicate
+outward motion along the arms of spiral nebulae, while the spectroscope
+shows them to be whirling at enormous velocities.]
+
+COSMIC PRESSURES
+
+This, it may fairly be said, is very speculative, but the fact
+remains that celestial bodies appear to be the only places in which
+the complex elements may be in actual process of formation from their
+known source--hydrogen. At least we may see what a vast variety
+of physical conditions these cosmic crucibles afford. At one end of
+the scale we have the excessively tenuous nebulae, the luminosity of
+which, mysterious in its origin, resembles the electric glow in our
+vacuum tubes. Here we can detect only the lightest and simplest of
+the elements. In the giant stars, also extremely tenuous (the density
+of Betelgeuse can hardly exceed one-thousandth of an atmosphere) we
+observe the spectra of iron, manganese, titanium, calcium, chromium,
+magnesium, vanadium, and sodium, in addition to titanium oxide.
+The outer part of these bodies, from which light reaches us, must
+therefore be at a temperature of only a few thousand degrees, but
+vastly higher temperatures must prevail at their centres. In passing
+up the temperature curve more and more elements appear, the surface
+temperature rises, and the internal temperature may reach millions
+of degrees. At the same time the pressure within must also rise,
+reaching enormous figures in the last stages of stellar life. Cook
+has calculated that the pressure at the centre of the earth is
+between 4,000 and 10,000 tons per square inch, and this must be
+only a very small fraction of that attained within larger celestial
+bodies. Jeans has computed the pressure at the centre of two colliding
+stars as they strike and flatten, and finds it may be of the order
+of 1,000,000,000 tons per square inch--sufficient, if their diameter
+be equal to that of the sun--to vaporize them 100,000 times over.
+
+Compare these pressures with the highest that can be produced on
+earth. If the German gun that bombarded Paris were loaded with a
+solid steel projectile of suitable dimensions, a muzzle velocity
+of 6,000 feet per second could be reached. Suppose this to be fired
+into a tapered hole in a great block of steel. The instantaneous
+pressure, according to Cook, would be about 7,000 tons per square
+inch, only 1/150000 of that possible through the collision of the
+largest stars.
+
+[Illustration: Fig. 41. Mount San Antonio as seen from Mount Wilson.
+
+Michelson is measuring the velocity of light between stations on
+Mount Wilson and Mount San Antonio. Astronomical observations afford
+the best means, however, of detecting any possible difference between
+the velocities of light of different colors. From studies of variable
+stars in the cluster Messier 5 Shapley concludes that if there is
+any difference between the velocities of blue and yellow light
+in free space it cannot exceed two inches in one second, the time
+in which light travels 186,000 miles.]
+
+Finally, we may compare the effects of light pressure on the earth
+and stars. Twenty years ago Nichols and Hull succeeded, with the
+aid of the most sensitive apparatus, in measuring the minute
+displacements produced by the pressure of light. The effect is
+so slight, even with the brightest light-sources available, that
+great experimental skill is required to measure it. Yet in the
+case of some of the larger stars Eddington calculates that one-half
+of their mass is supported by radiation pressure, and this against
+their enormous gravitational attraction. In fact, if their mass
+were as great as ten times that of the sun, the radiation pressure
+would so nearly overcome the pull of gravitation that they would
+be likely to break up.
+
+But enough has been said to illustrate the wide variety of experimental
+devices that stand at our service in the laboratories of the heavens.
+Here the physicist and chemist of the future will more and more
+frequently supplement their terrestrial apparatus, and find new
+clues to the complex problems which the amazing progress of recent
+years has already done so much to solve.
+
+PRACTICAL VALUE OF RESEARCHES ON THE CONSTITUTION OF MATTER
+
+The layman has no difficulty in recognizing the practical value
+of researches directed toward the improvement of the incandescent
+lamp or the increased efficiency of the telephone. He can see the
+results in the greatly decreased cost of electric illumination
+and the rapid extension of the range of the human voice. But the
+very men who have made these advances, those who have succeeded
+beyond all expectation in accomplishing the economic purposes in
+view, are most emphatic in their insistence upon the importance
+of research of a more fundamental character. Thus Vice-President
+J. J. Carty, of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company, who
+directs its great Department of Development and Research, and Doctor
+W. J. Whitney, Director of the Research Laboratory of the General
+Electric Company, have repeatedly expressed their indebtedness
+to the investigations of the physicist, made with no thought of
+immediate practical return. Faraday, studying the laws of electricity,
+discovered the principle which rendered the dynamo possible. Maxwell,
+Henry, and Hertz, equally unconcerned with material advantage,
+made wireless telegraphy practicable. In fact, all truly great
+advances are thus derived from fundamental science, and the future
+progress of the world will be largely dependent upon the provision
+made for scientific research, especially in the fields of physics
+and chemistry, which underlie all branches of engineering.
+
+The constitution of matter, therefore, instead of appealing as
+a subject to research only to the natural philosopher or to the
+general student of science, is a question of the greatest practical
+concern. Already the by-products of investigations directed toward
+its elucidation have been numerous and useful in the highest degree.
+Helium has been already cited; X-rays hardly require mention; radium,
+which has so materially aided sufferers from cancer, is still better
+known. Wireless telephony and transcontinental telephony with wires
+were both rendered possible by studies of the nature of the electric
+discharge in vacuum tubes. Thus the "practical man," with his distrust
+of "pure" science, need not resent investments made for the purpose
+of advancing our knowledge of such fundamental subjects as physics
+and chemistry. On the contrary, if true to his name, he should
+help to multiply them many fold in the interest of economic and
+commercial development.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The New Heavens, by George Ellery Hale
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW HEAVENS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 19395.txt or 19395.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/3/9/19395/
+
+Produced by Robert J. Hall
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/19395.zip b/19395.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7cc5cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19395.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..357a36a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #19395 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/19395)